Mercurial > projects > ldc
annotate dmd/mtype.c @ 1008:4c20df3837f9
Preparation for next patch. Don't ask about why this is needed.
I hate the preprocessor. Let's just leave it at that.
| author | Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl> |
|---|---|
| date | Sat, 28 Feb 2009 16:09:35 +0100 |
| parents | 132bece5ae62 |
| children | b1b23a64ad8c |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 159 | 1 |
| 2 // Compiler implementation of the D programming language | |
| 3 // Copyright (c) 1999-2008 by Digital Mars | |
| 4 // All Rights Reserved | |
| 5 // written by Walter Bright | |
| 6 // http://www.digitalmars.com | |
| 7 // License for redistribution is by either the Artistic License | |
| 8 // in artistic.txt, or the GNU General Public License in gnu.txt. | |
| 9 // See the included readme.txt for details. | |
| 10 | |
|
872
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
11 #define __C99FEATURES__ 1 // Needed on Solaris for NaN and more |
| 159 | 12 #define __USE_ISOC99 1 // so signbit() gets defined |
|
872
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
13 |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
14 #if (defined (__SVR4) && defined (__sun)) |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
15 #include <alloca.h> |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
16 #endif |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
17 |
|
1008
4c20df3837f9
Preparation for next patch. Don't ask about why this is needed.
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1006
diff
changeset
|
18 #include <cmath> |
| 159 | 19 |
| 20 #include <stdio.h> | |
| 21 #include <assert.h> | |
| 22 #include <float.h> | |
| 23 | |
| 24 #ifdef __DMC__ | |
| 25 #include <fp.h> | |
| 26 #endif | |
| 27 | |
| 28 #if _MSC_VER | |
| 29 #include <malloc.h> | |
| 30 #include <complex> | |
| 31 #include <limits> | |
| 32 #elif __DMC__ | |
| 33 #include <complex.h> | |
|
285
297690b5d4a5
[svn r306] Fixed: it's now possible to compile and link llvmdc with MinGW32 and msys on Win32 :D I tried it myself ;) Building the runtime still needs some work, but it's a step in the right direction.
lindquist
parents:
270
diff
changeset
|
34 #elif __MINGW32__ |
|
297690b5d4a5
[svn r306] Fixed: it's now possible to compile and link llvmdc with MinGW32 and msys on Win32 :D I tried it myself ;) Building the runtime still needs some work, but it's a step in the right direction.
lindquist
parents:
270
diff
changeset
|
35 #include <malloc.h> |
| 159 | 36 #else |
| 37 //#define signbit 56 | |
| 38 #endif | |
| 39 | |
| 40 #if __APPLE__ | |
| 41 static double zero = 0; | |
|
285
297690b5d4a5
[svn r306] Fixed: it's now possible to compile and link llvmdc with MinGW32 and msys on Win32 :D I tried it myself ;) Building the runtime still needs some work, but it's a step in the right direction.
lindquist
parents:
270
diff
changeset
|
42 #elif __MINGW32__ |
|
297690b5d4a5
[svn r306] Fixed: it's now possible to compile and link llvmdc with MinGW32 and msys on Win32 :D I tried it myself ;) Building the runtime still needs some work, but it's a step in the right direction.
lindquist
parents:
270
diff
changeset
|
43 static double zero = 0; |
| 159 | 44 #elif __GNUC__ |
|
900
177afbf5297b
Solaris compatibility and proc map parsing #183, thanks BlueZeniX!
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
881
diff
changeset
|
45 #if !(defined (__SVR4) && defined (__sun)) |
| 159 | 46 #include <bits/nan.h> |
| 47 #include <bits/mathdef.h> | |
|
900
177afbf5297b
Solaris compatibility and proc map parsing #183, thanks BlueZeniX!
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
881
diff
changeset
|
48 #endif |
| 159 | 49 static double zero = 0; |
| 50 #endif | |
| 51 | |
| 52 #include "mem.h" | |
| 53 | |
| 54 #include "dsymbol.h" | |
| 55 #include "mtype.h" | |
| 56 #include "scope.h" | |
| 57 #include "init.h" | |
| 58 #include "expression.h" | |
| 59 #include "attrib.h" | |
| 60 #include "declaration.h" | |
| 61 #include "template.h" | |
| 62 #include "id.h" | |
| 63 #include "enum.h" | |
| 64 #include "import.h" | |
| 65 #include "aggregate.h" | |
| 66 #include "hdrgen.h" | |
| 67 | |
| 68 FuncDeclaration *hasThis(Scope *sc); | |
| 69 | |
| 70 | |
| 71 #define LOGDOTEXP 0 // log ::dotExp() | |
| 72 #define LOGDEFAULTINIT 0 // log ::defaultInit() | |
| 73 | |
| 74 // Allow implicit conversion of T[] to T* | |
| 75 #define IMPLICIT_ARRAY_TO_PTR global.params.useDeprecated | |
| 76 | |
| 77 /* These have default values for 32 bit code, they get | |
| 78 * adjusted for 64 bit code. | |
| 79 */ | |
| 80 | |
| 81 int PTRSIZE = 4; | |
| 82 #if IN_LLVM | |
| 83 int REALSIZE = 8; | |
| 84 int REALPAD = 0; | |
| 85 #elif TARGET_LINUX | |
| 86 int REALSIZE = 12; | |
| 87 int REALPAD = 2; | |
| 88 #else | |
| 89 int REALSIZE = 10; | |
| 90 int REALPAD = 0; | |
| 91 #endif | |
| 92 int Tsize_t = Tuns32; | |
| 93 int Tptrdiff_t = Tint32; | |
| 94 | |
| 95 /***************************** Type *****************************/ | |
| 96 | |
| 97 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfo; | |
| 98 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoclass; | |
| 99 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfointerface; | |
| 100 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfostruct; | |
| 101 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfotypedef; | |
| 102 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfopointer; | |
| 103 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoarray; | |
| 104 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfostaticarray; | |
| 105 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoassociativearray; | |
| 106 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoenum; | |
| 107 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfofunction; | |
| 108 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfodelegate; | |
| 109 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfotypelist; | |
| 110 | |
| 111 Type *Type::tvoidptr; | |
| 112 Type *Type::basic[TMAX]; | |
| 113 unsigned char Type::mangleChar[TMAX]; | |
| 114 StringTable Type::stringtable; | |
| 115 | |
| 116 | |
| 117 Type::Type(TY ty, Type *next) | |
| 118 { | |
| 119 this->ty = ty; | |
| 120 this->mod = 0; | |
| 121 this->next = next; | |
| 122 this->deco = NULL; | |
| 336 | 123 #if DMDV2 |
| 159 | 124 this->cto = NULL; |
| 125 this->ito = NULL; | |
| 126 #endif | |
| 127 this->pto = NULL; | |
| 128 this->rto = NULL; | |
| 129 this->arrayof = NULL; | |
| 130 this->vtinfo = NULL; | |
| 131 this->ctype = NULL; | |
| 132 } | |
| 133 | |
| 134 Type *Type::syntaxCopy() | |
| 135 { | |
| 136 print(); | |
| 137 fprintf(stdmsg, "ty = %d\n", ty); | |
| 138 assert(0); | |
| 139 return this; | |
| 140 } | |
| 141 | |
| 142 int Type::equals(Object *o) | |
| 143 { Type *t; | |
| 144 | |
| 145 t = (Type *)o; | |
| 146 //printf("Type::equals(%s, %s)\n", toChars(), t->toChars()); | |
| 147 if (this == o || | |
| 148 (t && deco == t->deco) && // deco strings are unique | |
| 149 deco != NULL) // and semantic() has been run | |
| 150 { | |
| 151 //printf("deco = '%s', t->deco = '%s'\n", deco, t->deco); | |
| 152 return 1; | |
| 153 } | |
| 154 //if (deco && t && t->deco) printf("deco = '%s', t->deco = '%s'\n", deco, t->deco); | |
| 155 return 0; | |
| 156 } | |
| 157 | |
| 158 char Type::needThisPrefix() | |
| 159 { | |
| 160 return 'M'; // name mangling prefix for functions needing 'this' | |
| 161 } | |
| 162 | |
| 163 void Type::init() | |
| 164 { int i; | |
| 165 int j; | |
| 166 | |
| 167 Lexer::initKeywords(); | |
| 168 | |
| 169 mangleChar[Tarray] = 'A'; | |
| 170 mangleChar[Tsarray] = 'G'; | |
| 171 mangleChar[Taarray] = 'H'; | |
| 172 mangleChar[Tpointer] = 'P'; | |
| 173 mangleChar[Treference] = 'R'; | |
| 174 mangleChar[Tfunction] = 'F'; | |
| 175 mangleChar[Tident] = 'I'; | |
| 176 mangleChar[Tclass] = 'C'; | |
| 177 mangleChar[Tstruct] = 'S'; | |
| 178 mangleChar[Tenum] = 'E'; | |
| 179 mangleChar[Ttypedef] = 'T'; | |
| 180 mangleChar[Tdelegate] = 'D'; | |
| 181 | |
| 182 mangleChar[Tnone] = 'n'; | |
| 183 mangleChar[Tvoid] = 'v'; | |
| 184 mangleChar[Tint8] = 'g'; | |
| 185 mangleChar[Tuns8] = 'h'; | |
| 186 mangleChar[Tint16] = 's'; | |
| 187 mangleChar[Tuns16] = 't'; | |
| 188 mangleChar[Tint32] = 'i'; | |
| 189 mangleChar[Tuns32] = 'k'; | |
| 190 mangleChar[Tint64] = 'l'; | |
| 191 mangleChar[Tuns64] = 'm'; | |
| 192 mangleChar[Tfloat32] = 'f'; | |
| 193 mangleChar[Tfloat64] = 'd'; | |
| 194 mangleChar[Tfloat80] = 'e'; | |
| 195 | |
| 196 mangleChar[Timaginary32] = 'o'; | |
| 197 mangleChar[Timaginary64] = 'p'; | |
| 198 mangleChar[Timaginary80] = 'j'; | |
| 199 mangleChar[Tcomplex32] = 'q'; | |
| 200 mangleChar[Tcomplex64] = 'r'; | |
| 201 mangleChar[Tcomplex80] = 'c'; | |
| 202 | |
| 203 mangleChar[Tbool] = 'b'; | |
| 204 mangleChar[Tascii] = 'a'; | |
| 205 mangleChar[Twchar] = 'u'; | |
| 206 mangleChar[Tdchar] = 'w'; | |
| 207 | |
| 208 mangleChar[Tbit] = '@'; | |
| 209 mangleChar[Tinstance] = '@'; | |
| 210 mangleChar[Terror] = '@'; | |
| 211 mangleChar[Ttypeof] = '@'; | |
| 212 mangleChar[Ttuple] = 'B'; | |
| 213 mangleChar[Tslice] = '@'; | |
| 214 | |
| 215 for (i = 0; i < TMAX; i++) | |
| 216 { if (!mangleChar[i]) | |
| 217 fprintf(stdmsg, "ty = %d\n", i); | |
| 218 assert(mangleChar[i]); | |
| 219 } | |
| 220 | |
| 221 // Set basic types | |
| 222 static TY basetab[] = | |
| 223 { Tvoid, Tint8, Tuns8, Tint16, Tuns16, Tint32, Tuns32, Tint64, Tuns64, | |
| 224 Tfloat32, Tfloat64, Tfloat80, | |
| 225 Timaginary32, Timaginary64, Timaginary80, | |
| 226 Tcomplex32, Tcomplex64, Tcomplex80, | |
| 227 Tbit, Tbool, | |
| 228 Tascii, Twchar, Tdchar }; | |
| 229 | |
| 230 for (i = 0; i < sizeof(basetab) / sizeof(basetab[0]); i++) | |
| 231 basic[basetab[i]] = new TypeBasic(basetab[i]); | |
| 232 basic[Terror] = basic[Tint32]; | |
| 233 | |
| 234 tvoidptr = tvoid->pointerTo(); | |
| 235 | |
|
270
d9d5d59873d8
[svn r291] Fixed a bunch of the old Phobos tests to work with Tango.
lindquist
parents:
243
diff
changeset
|
236 // set size_t / ptrdiff_t types and pointer size |
| 159 | 237 if (global.params.is64bit) |
| 238 { | |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
239 Tsize_t = Tuns64; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
240 Tptrdiff_t = Tint64; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
241 PTRSIZE = 8; |
| 159 | 242 } |
| 243 else | |
| 244 { | |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
245 Tsize_t = Tuns32; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
246 Tptrdiff_t = Tint32; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
247 PTRSIZE = 4; |
|
243
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
248 } |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
249 |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
250 // set real size and padding |
|
445
cc40db549aea
Changed the handling of variadic intrinsics a bit.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
389
diff
changeset
|
251 if (global.params.cpu == ARCHx86) |
|
243
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
252 { |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
253 REALSIZE = 12; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
254 REALPAD = 2; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
255 } |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
256 else if (global.params.cpu == ARCHx86_64) |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
257 { |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
258 REALSIZE = 16; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
259 REALPAD = 6; |
|
243
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
260 } |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
261 else |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
262 { |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
263 REALSIZE = 8; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
264 REALPAD = 0; |
| 159 | 265 } |
| 266 } | |
| 267 | |
| 268 d_uns64 Type::size() | |
| 269 { | |
| 270 return size(0); | |
| 271 } | |
| 272 | |
| 273 d_uns64 Type::size(Loc loc) | |
| 274 { | |
| 275 error(loc, "no size for type %s", toChars()); | |
| 276 return 1; | |
| 277 } | |
| 278 | |
| 279 unsigned Type::alignsize() | |
| 280 { | |
| 281 return size(0); | |
| 282 } | |
| 283 | |
| 284 Type *Type::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 285 { | |
| 286 if (next) | |
| 287 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 288 return merge(); | |
| 289 } | |
| 290 | |
| 291 Type *Type::pointerTo() | |
| 292 { | |
| 293 if (!pto) | |
| 294 { Type *t; | |
| 295 | |
| 296 t = new TypePointer(this); | |
| 297 pto = t->merge(); | |
| 298 } | |
| 299 return pto; | |
| 300 } | |
| 301 | |
| 302 Type *Type::referenceTo() | |
| 303 { | |
| 304 if (!rto) | |
| 305 { Type *t; | |
| 306 | |
| 307 t = new TypeReference(this); | |
| 308 rto = t->merge(); | |
| 309 } | |
| 310 return rto; | |
| 311 } | |
| 312 | |
| 313 Type *Type::arrayOf() | |
| 314 { | |
| 315 if (!arrayof) | |
| 316 { Type *t; | |
| 317 | |
| 318 t = new TypeDArray(this); | |
| 319 arrayof = t->merge(); | |
| 320 } | |
| 321 return arrayof; | |
| 322 } | |
| 323 | |
| 324 Dsymbol *Type::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 325 { | |
| 326 return NULL; | |
| 327 } | |
| 328 | |
| 329 /******************************* | |
| 330 * If this is a shell around another type, | |
| 331 * get that other type. | |
| 332 */ | |
| 333 | |
| 334 Type *Type::toBasetype() | |
| 335 { | |
| 336 return this; | |
| 337 } | |
| 338 | |
| 339 /******************************** | |
| 340 * Name mangling. | |
| 341 */ | |
| 342 | |
| 343 void Type::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 344 { | |
| 345 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 346 if (next) | |
| 347 { | |
| 348 assert(next != this); | |
| 349 //printf("this = %p, ty = %d, next = %p, ty = %d\n", this, this->ty, next, next->ty); | |
| 350 next->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 351 } | |
| 352 } | |
| 353 | |
| 354 /******************************** | |
| 355 * For pretty-printing a type. | |
| 356 */ | |
| 357 | |
| 358 char *Type::toChars() | |
| 359 { OutBuffer *buf; | |
| 360 HdrGenState hgs; | |
| 361 | |
| 362 buf = new OutBuffer(); | |
| 363 toCBuffer(buf, NULL, &hgs); | |
| 364 return buf->toChars(); | |
| 365 } | |
| 366 | |
| 367 void Type::toCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, Identifier *ident, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 368 { | |
| 369 toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 370 if (ident) | |
| 371 { buf->writeByte(' '); | |
| 372 buf->writestring(ident->toChars()); | |
| 373 } | |
| 374 } | |
| 375 | |
| 376 void Type::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 377 { | |
| 378 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 379 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 380 return; | |
| 381 } | |
| 382 buf->writestring(toChars()); | |
| 383 } | |
| 384 | |
| 385 void Type::toCBuffer3(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 386 { | |
| 387 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 388 { char *p; | |
| 389 | |
| 390 switch (this->mod) | |
| 391 { | |
| 392 case 0: | |
| 393 toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 394 break; | |
| 395 case MODconst: | |
| 396 p = "const("; | |
| 397 goto L1; | |
| 398 case MODinvariant: | |
| 399 p = "invariant("; | |
| 400 L1: buf->writestring(p); | |
| 401 toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 402 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 403 break; | |
| 404 default: | |
| 405 assert(0); | |
| 406 } | |
| 407 } | |
| 408 } | |
| 409 | |
| 410 | |
| 411 /************************************ | |
| 412 */ | |
| 413 | |
| 414 Type *Type::merge() | |
| 415 { Type *t; | |
| 416 | |
| 417 //printf("merge(%s)\n", toChars()); | |
| 418 t = this; | |
| 419 assert(t); | |
| 420 if (!deco) | |
| 421 { | |
| 422 OutBuffer buf; | |
| 423 StringValue *sv; | |
| 424 | |
| 425 if (next) | |
| 426 next = next->merge(); | |
| 427 toDecoBuffer(&buf); | |
| 428 sv = stringtable.update((char *)buf.data, buf.offset); | |
| 429 if (sv->ptrvalue) | |
| 430 { t = (Type *) sv->ptrvalue; | |
| 431 assert(t->deco); | |
| 432 //printf("old value, deco = '%s' %p\n", t->deco, t->deco); | |
| 433 } | |
| 434 else | |
| 435 { | |
| 436 sv->ptrvalue = this; | |
| 437 deco = sv->lstring.string; | |
| 438 //printf("new value, deco = '%s' %p\n", t->deco, t->deco); | |
| 439 } | |
| 440 } | |
| 441 return t; | |
| 442 } | |
| 443 | |
| 444 int Type::isbit() | |
| 445 { | |
| 446 return FALSE; | |
| 447 } | |
| 448 | |
| 449 int Type::isintegral() | |
| 450 { | |
| 451 return FALSE; | |
| 452 } | |
| 453 | |
| 454 int Type::isfloating() | |
| 455 { | |
| 456 return FALSE; | |
| 457 } | |
| 458 | |
| 459 int Type::isreal() | |
| 460 { | |
| 461 return FALSE; | |
| 462 } | |
| 463 | |
| 464 int Type::isimaginary() | |
| 465 { | |
| 466 return FALSE; | |
| 467 } | |
| 468 | |
| 469 int Type::iscomplex() | |
| 470 { | |
| 471 return FALSE; | |
| 472 } | |
| 473 | |
| 474 int Type::isscalar() | |
| 475 { | |
| 476 return FALSE; | |
| 477 } | |
| 478 | |
| 479 int Type::isunsigned() | |
| 480 { | |
| 481 return FALSE; | |
| 482 } | |
| 483 | |
| 484 ClassDeclaration *Type::isClassHandle() | |
| 485 { | |
| 486 return NULL; | |
| 487 } | |
| 488 | |
| 489 int Type::isauto() | |
| 490 { | |
| 491 return FALSE; | |
| 492 } | |
| 493 | |
| 494 int Type::isString() | |
| 495 { | |
| 496 return FALSE; | |
| 497 } | |
| 498 | |
| 499 int Type::checkBoolean() | |
| 500 { | |
| 501 return isscalar(); | |
| 502 } | |
| 503 | |
| 504 /********************************* | |
| 505 * Check type to see if it is based on a deprecated symbol. | |
| 506 */ | |
| 507 | |
| 508 void Type::checkDeprecated(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 509 { | |
| 510 Type *t; | |
| 511 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 512 | |
| 513 for (t = this; t; t = t->next) | |
| 514 { | |
| 515 s = t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 516 if (s) | |
| 517 s->checkDeprecated(loc, sc); | |
| 518 } | |
| 519 } | |
| 520 | |
| 521 | |
| 522 Expression *Type::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 523 { | |
| 524 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 525 printf("Type::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 526 #endif | |
| 527 return NULL; | |
| 528 } | |
| 529 | |
| 530 int Type::isZeroInit() | |
| 531 { | |
| 532 return 0; // assume not | |
| 533 } | |
| 534 | |
| 535 int Type::isBaseOf(Type *t, int *poffset) | |
| 536 { | |
| 537 return 0; // assume not | |
| 538 } | |
| 539 | |
| 540 /******************************** | |
| 541 * Determine if 'this' can be implicitly converted | |
| 542 * to type 'to'. | |
| 543 * Returns: | |
| 544 * 0 can't convert | |
| 545 * 1 can convert using implicit conversions | |
| 546 * 2 this and to are the same type | |
| 547 */ | |
| 548 | |
| 549 MATCH Type::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 550 { | |
| 551 //printf("Type::implicitConvTo(this=%p, to=%p)\n", this, to); | |
| 552 //printf("\tthis->next=%p, to->next=%p\n", this->next, to->next); | |
| 553 if (this == to) | |
| 554 return MATCHexact; | |
| 555 // if (to->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 556 // return 1; | |
| 557 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 558 } | |
| 559 | |
| 560 Expression *Type::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 561 { Expression *e; | |
| 562 | |
| 563 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 564 printf("Type::getProperty(type = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 565 #endif | |
| 566 if (ident == Id::__sizeof) | |
| 567 { | |
| 568 e = new IntegerExp(loc, size(loc), Type::tsize_t); | |
| 569 } | |
| 570 else if (ident == Id::size) | |
| 571 { | |
| 572 error(loc, ".size property should be replaced with .sizeof"); | |
| 573 e = new IntegerExp(loc, size(loc), Type::tsize_t); | |
| 574 } | |
| 575 else if (ident == Id::alignof) | |
| 576 { | |
| 577 e = new IntegerExp(loc, alignsize(), Type::tsize_t); | |
| 578 } | |
| 579 else if (ident == Id::typeinfo) | |
| 580 { | |
| 581 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 582 error(loc, ".typeinfo deprecated, use typeid(type)"); | |
| 583 e = getTypeInfo(NULL); | |
| 584 } | |
| 585 else if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 586 { | |
| 587 if (ty == Tvoid) | |
| 588 error(loc, "void does not have an initializer"); | |
| 589 e = defaultInit(loc); | |
| 590 } | |
| 591 else if (ident == Id::mangleof) | |
| 592 { | |
| 593 assert(deco); | |
| 594 e = new StringExp(loc, deco, strlen(deco), 'c'); | |
| 595 Scope sc; | |
| 596 e = e->semantic(&sc); | |
| 597 } | |
| 598 else if (ident == Id::stringof) | |
| 599 { char *s = toChars(); | |
| 600 e = new StringExp(loc, s, strlen(s), 'c'); | |
| 601 Scope sc; | |
| 602 e = e->semantic(&sc); | |
| 603 } | |
| 604 else | |
| 605 { | |
| 606 error(loc, "no property '%s' for type '%s'", ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 607 e = new IntegerExp(loc, 1, Type::tint32); | |
| 608 } | |
| 609 return e; | |
| 610 } | |
| 611 | |
| 612 Expression *Type::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 613 { VarDeclaration *v = NULL; | |
| 614 | |
| 615 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 616 printf("Type::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 617 #endif | |
| 618 if (e->op == TOKdotvar) | |
| 619 { | |
| 620 DotVarExp *dv = (DotVarExp *)e; | |
| 621 v = dv->var->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 622 } | |
| 623 else if (e->op == TOKvar) | |
| 624 { | |
| 625 VarExp *ve = (VarExp *)e; | |
| 626 v = ve->var->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 627 } | |
| 628 if (v) | |
| 629 { | |
| 630 if (ident == Id::offset) | |
| 631 { | |
| 632 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 633 error(e->loc, ".offset deprecated, use .offsetof"); | |
| 634 goto Loffset; | |
| 635 } | |
| 636 else if (ident == Id::offsetof) | |
| 637 { | |
| 638 Loffset: | |
| 639 if (v->storage_class & STCfield) | |
| 640 { | |
| 641 e = new IntegerExp(e->loc, v->offset, Type::tsize_t); | |
| 642 return e; | |
| 643 } | |
| 644 } | |
| 645 else if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 646 { | |
| 647 #if 0 | |
| 648 if (v->init) | |
| 649 { | |
| 650 if (v->init->isVoidInitializer()) | |
| 651 error(e->loc, "%s.init is void", v->toChars()); | |
| 652 else | |
| 653 { Loc loc = e->loc; | |
| 654 e = v->init->toExpression(); | |
| 655 if (e->op == TOKassign || e->op == TOKconstruct) | |
| 656 { | |
| 657 e = ((AssignExp *)e)->e2; | |
| 658 | |
| 659 /* Take care of case where we used a 0 | |
| 660 * to initialize the struct. | |
| 661 */ | |
| 662 if (e->type == Type::tint32 && | |
| 663 e->isBool(0) && | |
| 664 v->type->toBasetype()->ty == Tstruct) | |
| 665 { | |
| 666 e = v->type->defaultInit(loc); | |
| 667 } | |
| 668 } | |
| 669 e = e->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 670 // if (!e->isConst()) | |
| 671 // error(loc, ".init cannot be evaluated at compile time"); | |
| 672 } | |
| 673 return e; | |
| 674 } | |
| 675 #endif | |
| 676 Expression *ex = defaultInit(e->loc); | |
| 677 return ex; | |
| 678 } | |
| 679 } | |
| 680 if (ident == Id::typeinfo) | |
| 681 { | |
| 682 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 683 error(e->loc, ".typeinfo deprecated, use typeid(type)"); | |
| 684 e = getTypeInfo(sc); | |
| 685 return e; | |
| 686 } | |
| 687 if (ident == Id::stringof) | |
| 688 { char *s = e->toChars(); | |
| 689 e = new StringExp(e->loc, s, strlen(s), 'c'); | |
| 690 Scope sc; | |
| 691 e = e->semantic(&sc); | |
| 692 return e; | |
| 693 } | |
| 694 return getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 695 } | |
| 696 | |
| 697 unsigned Type::memalign(unsigned salign) | |
| 698 { | |
| 699 return salign; | |
| 700 } | |
| 701 | |
| 702 void Type::error(Loc loc, const char *format, ...) | |
| 703 { | |
| 704 va_list ap; | |
| 705 va_start(ap, format); | |
| 706 ::verror(loc, format, ap); | |
| 707 va_end( ap ); | |
| 708 } | |
| 709 | |
| 710 Identifier *Type::getTypeInfoIdent(int internal) | |
| 711 { | |
| 712 // _init_10TypeInfo_%s | |
| 713 OutBuffer buf; | |
| 714 Identifier *id; | |
| 715 char *name; | |
| 716 int len; | |
| 717 | |
| 718 //toTypeInfoBuffer(&buf); | |
| 719 if (internal) | |
| 720 { buf.writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 721 if (ty == Tarray) | |
| 722 buf.writeByte(mangleChar[next->ty]); | |
| 723 } | |
| 724 else | |
| 725 toDecoBuffer(&buf); | |
| 726 len = buf.offset; | |
| 727 name = (char *)alloca(19 + sizeof(len) * 3 + len + 1); | |
| 728 buf.writeByte(0); | |
| 729 sprintf(name, "_D%dTypeInfo_%s6__initZ", 9 + len, buf.data); | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
730 // LDC |
|
375
3c4460b988bd
Do not strip the leading underscore for typeinfo mangles on Windows.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
336
diff
changeset
|
731 // it is not clear where the underscore that's stripped here is added back in |
|
3c4460b988bd
Do not strip the leading underscore for typeinfo mangles on Windows.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
336
diff
changeset
|
732 // if (global.params.isWindows) |
|
3c4460b988bd
Do not strip the leading underscore for typeinfo mangles on Windows.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
336
diff
changeset
|
733 // name++; // C mangling will add it back in |
| 159 | 734 //printf("name = %s\n", name); |
| 735 id = Lexer::idPool(name); | |
| 736 return id; | |
| 737 } | |
| 738 | |
| 739 TypeBasic *Type::isTypeBasic() | |
| 740 { | |
| 741 return NULL; | |
| 742 } | |
| 743 | |
| 744 | |
| 745 void Type::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 746 { | |
| 747 Type *t; | |
| 748 | |
| 749 t = semantic(loc, sc); | |
| 750 *pt = t; | |
| 751 *pe = NULL; | |
| 752 *ps = NULL; | |
| 753 } | |
| 754 | |
| 755 /******************************* | |
| 756 * If one of the subtypes of this type is a TypeIdentifier, | |
| 757 * i.e. it's an unresolved type, return that type. | |
| 758 */ | |
| 759 | |
| 760 Type *Type::reliesOnTident() | |
| 761 { | |
| 762 if (!next) | |
| 763 return NULL; | |
| 764 else | |
| 765 return next->reliesOnTident(); | |
| 766 } | |
| 767 | |
| 768 /******************************** | |
| 769 * We've mistakenly parsed this as a type. | |
| 770 * Redo it as an Expression. | |
| 771 * NULL if cannot. | |
| 772 */ | |
| 773 | |
| 774 Expression *Type::toExpression() | |
| 775 { | |
| 776 return NULL; | |
| 777 } | |
| 778 | |
| 779 /*************************************** | |
| 780 * Return !=0 if type has pointers that need to | |
| 781 * be scanned by the GC during a collection cycle. | |
| 782 */ | |
| 783 | |
| 784 int Type::hasPointers() | |
| 785 { | |
| 786 return FALSE; | |
| 787 } | |
| 788 | |
| 789 /* ============================= TypeBasic =========================== */ | |
| 790 | |
| 791 TypeBasic::TypeBasic(TY ty) | |
| 792 : Type(ty, NULL) | |
|
658
50383e476c7e
Upgraded frontend to DMD 1.035
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
642
diff
changeset
|
793 { const char *c; |
|
50383e476c7e
Upgraded frontend to DMD 1.035
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
642
diff
changeset
|
794 const char *d; |
| 159 | 795 unsigned flags; |
| 796 | |
| 797 #define TFLAGSintegral 1 | |
| 798 #define TFLAGSfloating 2 | |
| 799 #define TFLAGSunsigned 4 | |
| 800 #define TFLAGSreal 8 | |
| 801 #define TFLAGSimaginary 0x10 | |
| 802 #define TFLAGScomplex 0x20 | |
| 803 | |
| 804 flags = 0; | |
| 805 switch (ty) | |
| 806 { | |
| 807 case Tvoid: d = Token::toChars(TOKvoid); | |
| 808 c = "void"; | |
| 809 break; | |
| 810 | |
| 811 case Tint8: d = Token::toChars(TOKint8); | |
| 812 c = "byte"; | |
| 813 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 814 break; | |
| 815 | |
| 816 case Tuns8: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns8); | |
| 817 c = "ubyte"; | |
| 818 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 819 break; | |
| 820 | |
| 821 case Tint16: d = Token::toChars(TOKint16); | |
| 822 c = "short"; | |
| 823 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 824 break; | |
| 825 | |
| 826 case Tuns16: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns16); | |
| 827 c = "ushort"; | |
| 828 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 829 break; | |
| 830 | |
| 831 case Tint32: d = Token::toChars(TOKint32); | |
| 832 c = "int"; | |
| 833 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 834 break; | |
| 835 | |
| 836 case Tuns32: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns32); | |
| 837 c = "uint"; | |
| 838 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 839 break; | |
| 840 | |
| 841 case Tfloat32: d = Token::toChars(TOKfloat32); | |
| 842 c = "float"; | |
| 843 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSreal; | |
| 844 break; | |
| 845 | |
| 846 case Tint64: d = Token::toChars(TOKint64); | |
| 847 c = "long"; | |
| 848 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 849 break; | |
| 850 | |
| 851 case Tuns64: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns64); | |
| 852 c = "ulong"; | |
| 853 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 854 break; | |
| 855 | |
| 856 case Tfloat64: d = Token::toChars(TOKfloat64); | |
| 857 c = "double"; | |
| 858 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSreal; | |
| 859 break; | |
| 860 | |
| 861 case Tfloat80: d = Token::toChars(TOKfloat80); | |
| 862 c = "real"; | |
| 863 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSreal; | |
| 864 break; | |
| 865 | |
| 866 case Timaginary32: d = Token::toChars(TOKimaginary32); | |
| 867 c = "ifloat"; | |
| 868 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 869 break; | |
| 870 | |
| 871 case Timaginary64: d = Token::toChars(TOKimaginary64); | |
| 872 c = "idouble"; | |
| 873 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 874 break; | |
| 875 | |
| 876 case Timaginary80: d = Token::toChars(TOKimaginary80); | |
| 877 c = "ireal"; | |
| 878 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 879 break; | |
| 880 | |
| 881 case Tcomplex32: d = Token::toChars(TOKcomplex32); | |
| 882 c = "cfloat"; | |
| 883 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 884 break; | |
| 885 | |
| 886 case Tcomplex64: d = Token::toChars(TOKcomplex64); | |
| 887 c = "cdouble"; | |
| 888 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 889 break; | |
| 890 | |
| 891 case Tcomplex80: d = Token::toChars(TOKcomplex80); | |
| 892 c = "creal"; | |
| 893 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 894 break; | |
| 895 | |
| 896 | |
| 897 case Tbit: d = Token::toChars(TOKbit); | |
| 898 c = "bit"; | |
| 899 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 900 break; | |
| 901 | |
| 902 case Tbool: d = "bool"; | |
| 903 c = d; | |
| 904 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 905 break; | |
| 906 | |
| 907 case Tascii: d = Token::toChars(TOKchar); | |
| 908 c = "char"; | |
| 909 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 910 break; | |
| 911 | |
| 912 case Twchar: d = Token::toChars(TOKwchar); | |
| 913 c = "wchar"; | |
| 914 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 915 break; | |
| 916 | |
| 917 case Tdchar: d = Token::toChars(TOKdchar); | |
| 918 c = "dchar"; | |
| 919 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 920 break; | |
| 921 | |
| 922 default: assert(0); | |
| 923 } | |
| 924 this->dstring = d; | |
| 925 this->cstring = c; | |
| 926 this->flags = flags; | |
| 927 merge(); | |
| 928 } | |
| 929 | |
| 930 Type *TypeBasic::syntaxCopy() | |
| 931 { | |
| 932 // No semantic analysis done on basic types, no need to copy | |
| 933 return this; | |
| 934 } | |
| 935 | |
| 936 | |
| 937 char *TypeBasic::toChars() | |
| 938 { | |
|
658
50383e476c7e
Upgraded frontend to DMD 1.035
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
642
diff
changeset
|
939 return (char *)dstring; |
| 159 | 940 } |
| 941 | |
| 942 void TypeBasic::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 943 { | |
| 944 //printf("TypeBasic::toCBuffer2(mod = %d, this->mod = %d)\n", mod, this->mod); | |
| 945 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 946 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 947 return; | |
| 948 } | |
| 949 buf->writestring(dstring); | |
| 950 } | |
| 951 | |
| 952 d_uns64 TypeBasic::size(Loc loc) | |
| 953 { unsigned size; | |
| 954 | |
| 955 //printf("TypeBasic::size()\n"); | |
| 956 switch (ty) | |
| 957 { | |
| 958 case Tint8: | |
| 959 case Tuns8: size = 1; break; | |
| 960 case Tint16: | |
| 961 case Tuns16: size = 2; break; | |
| 962 case Tint32: | |
| 963 case Tuns32: | |
| 964 case Tfloat32: | |
| 965 case Timaginary32: | |
| 966 size = 4; break; | |
| 967 case Tint64: | |
| 968 case Tuns64: | |
| 969 case Tfloat64: | |
| 970 case Timaginary64: | |
| 971 size = 8; break; | |
| 972 case Tfloat80: | |
| 973 case Timaginary80: | |
| 974 size = REALSIZE; break; | |
| 975 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 976 size = 8; break; | |
| 977 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 978 size = 16; break; | |
| 979 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 980 size = REALSIZE * 2; break; | |
| 981 | |
| 982 case Tvoid: | |
| 983 //size = Type::size(); // error message | |
| 984 size = 1; | |
| 985 break; | |
| 986 | |
| 987 case Tbit: size = 1; break; | |
| 988 case Tbool: size = 1; break; | |
| 989 case Tascii: size = 1; break; | |
| 990 case Twchar: size = 2; break; | |
| 991 case Tdchar: size = 4; break; | |
| 992 | |
| 993 default: | |
| 994 assert(0); | |
| 995 break; | |
| 996 } | |
| 997 //printf("TypeBasic::size() = %d\n", size); | |
| 998 return size; | |
| 999 } | |
| 1000 | |
| 1001 unsigned TypeBasic::alignsize() | |
| 1002 { unsigned sz; | |
| 1003 | |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
1004 //LDC: it's bad that we always have to check LLVM's align and |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
1005 // dmd's align info match. Can't we somehow get at LLVM's align |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
1006 // here? |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
1007 |
| 159 | 1008 switch (ty) |
| 1009 { | |
| 1010 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1011 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1012 case Tcomplex80: | |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
1013 if (global.params.cpu == ARCHx86_64) |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
1014 sz = 16; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
1015 else |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
1016 sz = 4; |
|
489
822774a94750
Make the alignment computations of the frontend match the llvm default alignment.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
486
diff
changeset
|
1017 break; |
|
822774a94750
Make the alignment computations of the frontend match the llvm default alignment.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
486
diff
changeset
|
1018 |
|
822774a94750
Make the alignment computations of the frontend match the llvm default alignment.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
486
diff
changeset
|
1019 case Tint64: |
|
822774a94750
Make the alignment computations of the frontend match the llvm default alignment.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
486
diff
changeset
|
1020 case Tuns64: |
|
822774a94750
Make the alignment computations of the frontend match the llvm default alignment.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
486
diff
changeset
|
1021 case Tfloat64: |
|
822774a94750
Make the alignment computations of the frontend match the llvm default alignment.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
486
diff
changeset
|
1022 case Timaginary64: |
|
1006
132bece5ae62
Fix alignment info of cdouble, cfloat. They align the same as double, float now.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
975
diff
changeset
|
1023 case Tcomplex64: |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
1024 if (global.params.cpu == ARCHx86_64) |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
1025 sz = 8; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
1026 else |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
1027 sz = 4; |
| 159 | 1028 break; |
| 1029 | |
|
1006
132bece5ae62
Fix alignment info of cdouble, cfloat. They align the same as double, float now.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
975
diff
changeset
|
1030 case Tcomplex32: |
|
132bece5ae62
Fix alignment info of cdouble, cfloat. They align the same as double, float now.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
975
diff
changeset
|
1031 sz = 4; |
|
132bece5ae62
Fix alignment info of cdouble, cfloat. They align the same as double, float now.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
975
diff
changeset
|
1032 break; |
|
132bece5ae62
Fix alignment info of cdouble, cfloat. They align the same as double, float now.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
975
diff
changeset
|
1033 |
| 159 | 1034 default: |
| 1035 sz = size(0); | |
| 1036 break; | |
| 1037 } | |
| 1038 return sz; | |
| 1039 } | |
| 1040 | |
| 1041 | |
| 1042 Expression *TypeBasic::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 1043 { | |
| 1044 Expression *e; | |
| 1045 d_int64 ivalue; | |
| 1046 #ifdef IN_GCC | |
| 1047 real_t fvalue; | |
| 1048 #else | |
| 1049 d_float80 fvalue; | |
| 1050 #endif | |
| 1051 | |
| 1052 //printf("TypeBasic::getProperty('%s')\n", ident->toChars()); | |
| 1053 if (ident == Id::max) | |
| 1054 { | |
| 1055 switch (ty) | |
| 1056 { | |
| 1057 case Tint8: ivalue = 0x7F; goto Livalue; | |
| 1058 case Tuns8: ivalue = 0xFF; goto Livalue; | |
| 1059 case Tint16: ivalue = 0x7FFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1060 case Tuns16: ivalue = 0xFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1061 case Tint32: ivalue = 0x7FFFFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1062 case Tuns32: ivalue = 0xFFFFFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1063 case Tint64: ivalue = 0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFLL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1064 case Tuns64: ivalue = 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFULL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1065 case Tbit: ivalue = 1; goto Livalue; | |
| 1066 case Tbool: ivalue = 1; goto Livalue; | |
| 1067 case Tchar: ivalue = 0xFF; goto Livalue; | |
| 1068 case Twchar: ivalue = 0xFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1069 case Tdchar: ivalue = 0x10FFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1070 | |
| 1071 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1072 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1073 case Tfloat32: fvalue = FLT_MAX; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1074 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1075 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1076 case Tfloat64: fvalue = DBL_MAX; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1077 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1078 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1079 case Tfloat80: fvalue = LDBL_MAX; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1080 } | |
| 1081 } | |
| 1082 else if (ident == Id::min) | |
| 1083 { | |
| 1084 switch (ty) | |
| 1085 { | |
| 1086 case Tint8: ivalue = -128; goto Livalue; | |
| 1087 case Tuns8: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1088 case Tint16: ivalue = -32768; goto Livalue; | |
| 1089 case Tuns16: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1090 case Tint32: ivalue = -2147483647L - 1; goto Livalue; | |
| 1091 case Tuns32: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1092 case Tint64: ivalue = (-9223372036854775807LL-1LL); goto Livalue; | |
| 1093 case Tuns64: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1094 case Tbit: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1095 case Tbool: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1096 case Tchar: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1097 case Twchar: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1098 case Tdchar: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1099 | |
| 1100 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1101 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1102 case Tfloat32: fvalue = FLT_MIN; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1103 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1104 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1105 case Tfloat64: fvalue = DBL_MIN; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1106 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1107 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1108 case Tfloat80: fvalue = LDBL_MIN; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1109 } | |
| 1110 } | |
| 1111 else if (ident == Id::nan) | |
| 1112 { | |
| 1113 switch (ty) | |
| 1114 { | |
| 1115 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1116 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1117 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1118 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1119 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1120 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1121 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1122 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1123 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1124 { | |
| 1125 #if IN_GCC | |
| 1126 // mode doesn't matter, will be converted in RealExp anyway | |
| 1127 fvalue = real_t::getnan(real_t::LongDouble); | |
| 1128 #elif __GNUC__ | |
| 1129 // gcc nan's have the sign bit set by default, so turn it off | |
| 1130 // Need the volatile to prevent gcc from doing incorrect | |
| 1131 // constant folding. | |
| 1132 volatile d_float80 foo; | |
| 1133 foo = NAN; | |
|
1008
4c20df3837f9
Preparation for next patch. Don't ask about why this is needed.
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1006
diff
changeset
|
1134 if (std::signbit(foo)) // signbit sometimes, not always, set |
| 159 | 1135 foo = -foo; // turn off sign bit |
| 1136 fvalue = foo; | |
| 1137 #elif _MSC_VER | |
| 1138 unsigned long nan[2]= { 0xFFFFFFFF, 0x7FFFFFFF }; | |
| 1139 fvalue = *(double*)nan; | |
| 1140 #else | |
| 1141 fvalue = NAN; | |
| 1142 #endif | |
| 1143 goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1144 } | |
| 1145 } | |
| 1146 } | |
| 1147 else if (ident == Id::infinity) | |
| 1148 { | |
| 1149 switch (ty) | |
| 1150 { | |
| 1151 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1152 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1153 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1154 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1155 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1156 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1157 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1158 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1159 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1160 #if IN_GCC | |
| 1161 fvalue = real_t::getinfinity(); | |
| 1162 #elif __GNUC__ | |
| 1163 fvalue = 1 / zero; | |
| 1164 #elif _MSC_VER | |
| 1165 fvalue = std::numeric_limits<long double>::infinity(); | |
| 1166 #else | |
| 1167 fvalue = INFINITY; | |
| 1168 #endif | |
| 1169 goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1170 } | |
| 1171 } | |
| 1172 else if (ident == Id::dig) | |
| 1173 { | |
| 1174 switch (ty) | |
| 1175 { | |
| 1176 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1177 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1178 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1179 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1180 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1181 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1182 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1183 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1184 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1185 } | |
| 1186 } | |
| 1187 else if (ident == Id::epsilon) | |
| 1188 { | |
| 1189 switch (ty) | |
| 1190 { | |
| 1191 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1192 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1193 case Tfloat32: fvalue = FLT_EPSILON; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1194 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1195 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1196 case Tfloat64: fvalue = DBL_EPSILON; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1197 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1198 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1199 case Tfloat80: fvalue = LDBL_EPSILON; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1200 } | |
| 1201 } | |
| 1202 else if (ident == Id::mant_dig) | |
| 1203 { | |
| 1204 switch (ty) | |
| 1205 { | |
| 1206 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1207 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1208 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MANT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1209 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1210 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1211 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MANT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1212 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1213 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1214 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MANT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1215 } | |
| 1216 } | |
| 1217 else if (ident == Id::max_10_exp) | |
| 1218 { | |
| 1219 switch (ty) | |
| 1220 { | |
| 1221 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1222 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1223 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MAX_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1224 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1225 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1226 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MAX_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1227 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1228 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1229 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MAX_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1230 } | |
| 1231 } | |
| 1232 else if (ident == Id::max_exp) | |
| 1233 { | |
| 1234 switch (ty) | |
| 1235 { | |
| 1236 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1237 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1238 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MAX_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1239 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1240 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1241 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MAX_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1242 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1243 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1244 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MAX_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1245 } | |
| 1246 } | |
| 1247 else if (ident == Id::min_10_exp) | |
| 1248 { | |
| 1249 switch (ty) | |
| 1250 { | |
| 1251 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1252 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1253 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MIN_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1254 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1255 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1256 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MIN_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1257 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1258 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1259 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MIN_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1260 } | |
| 1261 } | |
| 1262 else if (ident == Id::min_exp) | |
| 1263 { | |
| 1264 switch (ty) | |
| 1265 { | |
| 1266 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1267 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1268 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MIN_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1269 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1270 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1271 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MIN_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1272 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1273 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1274 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MIN_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1275 } | |
| 1276 } | |
| 1277 | |
| 1278 Ldefault: | |
| 1279 return Type::getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 1280 | |
| 1281 Livalue: | |
| 1282 e = new IntegerExp(loc, ivalue, this); | |
| 1283 return e; | |
| 1284 | |
| 1285 Lfvalue: | |
| 1286 if (isreal() || isimaginary()) | |
| 1287 e = new RealExp(loc, fvalue, this); | |
| 1288 else | |
| 1289 { | |
| 1290 complex_t cvalue; | |
| 1291 | |
| 1292 #if __DMC__ | |
| 1293 //((real_t *)&cvalue)[0] = fvalue; | |
| 1294 //((real_t *)&cvalue)[1] = fvalue; | |
| 1295 cvalue = fvalue + fvalue * I; | |
| 1296 #else | |
| 1297 cvalue.re = fvalue; | |
| 1298 cvalue.im = fvalue; | |
| 1299 #endif | |
| 1300 //for (int i = 0; i < 20; i++) | |
| 1301 // printf("%02x ", ((unsigned char *)&cvalue)[i]); | |
| 1302 //printf("\n"); | |
| 1303 e = new ComplexExp(loc, cvalue, this); | |
| 1304 } | |
| 1305 return e; | |
| 1306 | |
| 1307 Lint: | |
| 1308 e = new IntegerExp(loc, ivalue, Type::tint32); | |
| 1309 return e; | |
| 1310 } | |
| 1311 | |
| 1312 Expression *TypeBasic::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 1313 { | |
| 1314 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 1315 printf("TypeBasic::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 1316 #endif | |
| 1317 Type *t; | |
| 1318 | |
| 1319 if (ident == Id::re) | |
| 1320 { | |
| 1321 switch (ty) | |
| 1322 { | |
| 1323 case Tcomplex32: t = tfloat32; goto L1; | |
| 1324 case Tcomplex64: t = tfloat64; goto L1; | |
| 1325 case Tcomplex80: t = tfloat80; goto L1; | |
| 1326 L1: | |
| 1327 e = e->castTo(sc, t); | |
| 1328 break; | |
| 1329 | |
| 1330 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1331 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1332 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1333 break; | |
| 1334 | |
| 1335 case Timaginary32: t = tfloat32; goto L2; | |
| 1336 case Timaginary64: t = tfloat64; goto L2; | |
| 1337 case Timaginary80: t = tfloat80; goto L2; | |
| 1338 L2: | |
| 1339 e = new RealExp(0, 0.0, t); | |
| 1340 break; | |
| 1341 | |
| 1342 default: | |
| 1343 return Type::getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 1344 } | |
| 1345 } | |
| 1346 else if (ident == Id::im) | |
| 1347 { Type *t2; | |
| 1348 | |
| 1349 switch (ty) | |
| 1350 { | |
| 1351 case Tcomplex32: t = timaginary32; t2 = tfloat32; goto L3; | |
| 1352 case Tcomplex64: t = timaginary64; t2 = tfloat64; goto L3; | |
| 1353 case Tcomplex80: t = timaginary80; t2 = tfloat80; goto L3; | |
| 1354 L3: | |
| 1355 e = e->castTo(sc, t); | |
| 1356 e->type = t2; | |
| 1357 break; | |
| 1358 | |
| 1359 case Timaginary32: t = tfloat32; goto L4; | |
| 1360 case Timaginary64: t = tfloat64; goto L4; | |
| 1361 case Timaginary80: t = tfloat80; goto L4; | |
| 1362 L4: | |
| 1363 e->type = t; | |
| 1364 break; | |
| 1365 | |
| 1366 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1367 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1368 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1369 e = new RealExp(0, 0.0, this); | |
| 1370 break; | |
| 1371 | |
| 1372 default: | |
| 1373 return Type::getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 1374 } | |
| 1375 } | |
| 1376 else | |
| 1377 { | |
| 1378 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 1379 } | |
| 1380 return e; | |
| 1381 } | |
| 1382 | |
| 1383 Expression *TypeBasic::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 1384 { integer_t value = 0; | |
| 1385 | |
| 1386 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 1387 printf("TypeBasic::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 1388 #endif | |
| 1389 switch (ty) | |
| 1390 { | |
|
591
e6bcc4d9e5ff
Add _d_newarrayvT and _d_newarraymvT to create arrays without initialization.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
585
diff
changeset
|
1391 case Tvoid: |
|
e6bcc4d9e5ff
Add _d_newarrayvT and _d_newarraymvT to create arrays without initialization.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
585
diff
changeset
|
1392 return new IntegerExp(loc, value, Type::tbool); |
|
e6bcc4d9e5ff
Add _d_newarrayvT and _d_newarraymvT to create arrays without initialization.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
585
diff
changeset
|
1393 |
| 159 | 1394 case Tchar: |
| 1395 value = 0xFF; | |
| 1396 break; | |
| 1397 | |
| 1398 case Twchar: | |
| 1399 case Tdchar: | |
| 1400 value = 0xFFFF; | |
| 1401 break; | |
| 1402 | |
| 1403 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1404 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1405 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1406 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1407 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1408 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1409 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1410 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1411 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1412 return getProperty(loc, Id::nan); | |
| 1413 } | |
| 1414 return new IntegerExp(loc, value, this); | |
| 1415 } | |
| 1416 | |
| 1417 int TypeBasic::isZeroInit() | |
| 1418 { | |
| 1419 switch (ty) | |
| 1420 { | |
| 1421 case Tchar: | |
| 1422 case Twchar: | |
| 1423 case Tdchar: | |
| 1424 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1425 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1426 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1427 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1428 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1429 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1430 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1431 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1432 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1433 return 0; // no | |
| 1434 } | |
| 1435 return 1; // yes | |
| 1436 } | |
| 1437 | |
| 1438 int TypeBasic::isbit() | |
| 1439 { | |
| 1440 return (ty == Tbit); | |
| 1441 } | |
| 1442 | |
| 1443 int TypeBasic::isintegral() | |
| 1444 { | |
| 1445 //printf("TypeBasic::isintegral('%s') x%x\n", toChars(), flags); | |
| 1446 return flags & TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 1447 } | |
| 1448 | |
| 1449 int TypeBasic::isfloating() | |
| 1450 { | |
| 1451 return flags & TFLAGSfloating; | |
| 1452 } | |
| 1453 | |
| 1454 int TypeBasic::isreal() | |
| 1455 { | |
| 1456 return flags & TFLAGSreal; | |
| 1457 } | |
| 1458 | |
| 1459 int TypeBasic::isimaginary() | |
| 1460 { | |
| 1461 return flags & TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 1462 } | |
| 1463 | |
| 1464 int TypeBasic::iscomplex() | |
| 1465 { | |
| 1466 return flags & TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 1467 } | |
| 1468 | |
| 1469 int TypeBasic::isunsigned() | |
| 1470 { | |
| 1471 return flags & TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 1472 } | |
| 1473 | |
| 1474 int TypeBasic::isscalar() | |
| 1475 { | |
| 1476 return flags & (TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSfloating); | |
| 1477 } | |
| 1478 | |
| 1479 MATCH TypeBasic::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 1480 { | |
| 1481 //printf("TypeBasic::implicitConvTo(%s) from %s\n", to->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 1482 if (this == to) | |
| 1483 return MATCHexact; | |
| 1484 | |
| 1485 if (ty == Tvoid || to->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 1486 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1487 if (1 || global.params.Dversion == 1) | |
| 1488 { | |
| 1489 if (to->ty == Tbool) | |
| 1490 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1491 } | |
| 1492 else | |
| 1493 { | |
| 1494 if (ty == Tbool || to->ty == Tbool) | |
| 1495 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1496 } | |
| 1497 if (!to->isTypeBasic()) | |
| 1498 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1499 | |
| 1500 TypeBasic *tob = (TypeBasic *)to; | |
| 1501 if (flags & TFLAGSintegral) | |
| 1502 { | |
| 1503 // Disallow implicit conversion of integers to imaginary or complex | |
| 1504 if (tob->flags & (TFLAGSimaginary | TFLAGScomplex)) | |
| 1505 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1506 | |
| 1507 // If converting to integral | |
| 1508 if (0 && global.params.Dversion > 1 && tob->flags & TFLAGSintegral) | |
| 1509 { d_uns64 sz = size(0); | |
| 1510 d_uns64 tosz = tob->size(0); | |
| 1511 | |
| 1512 /* Can't convert to smaller size or, if same size, change sign | |
| 1513 */ | |
| 1514 if (sz > tosz) | |
| 1515 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1516 | |
| 1517 /*if (sz == tosz && (flags ^ tob->flags) & TFLAGSunsigned) | |
| 1518 return MATCHnomatch;*/ | |
| 1519 } | |
| 1520 } | |
| 1521 else if (flags & TFLAGSfloating) | |
| 1522 { | |
| 1523 // Disallow implicit conversion of floating point to integer | |
| 1524 if (tob->flags & TFLAGSintegral) | |
| 1525 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1526 | |
| 1527 assert(tob->flags & TFLAGSfloating); | |
| 1528 | |
| 1529 // Disallow implicit conversion from complex to non-complex | |
| 1530 if (flags & TFLAGScomplex && !(tob->flags & TFLAGScomplex)) | |
| 1531 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1532 | |
| 1533 // Disallow implicit conversion of real or imaginary to complex | |
| 1534 if (flags & (TFLAGSreal | TFLAGSimaginary) && | |
| 1535 tob->flags & TFLAGScomplex) | |
| 1536 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1537 | |
| 1538 // Disallow implicit conversion to-from real and imaginary | |
| 1539 if ((flags & (TFLAGSreal | TFLAGSimaginary)) != | |
| 1540 (tob->flags & (TFLAGSreal | TFLAGSimaginary))) | |
| 1541 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1542 } | |
| 1543 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 1544 } | |
| 1545 | |
| 1546 TypeBasic *TypeBasic::isTypeBasic() | |
| 1547 { | |
| 1548 return (TypeBasic *)this; | |
| 1549 } | |
| 1550 | |
| 1551 /***************************** TypeArray *****************************/ | |
| 1552 | |
| 1553 TypeArray::TypeArray(TY ty, Type *next) | |
| 1554 : Type(ty, next) | |
| 1555 { | |
| 1556 } | |
| 1557 | |
| 1558 Expression *TypeArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 1559 { | |
| 1560 Type *n = this->next->toBasetype(); // uncover any typedef's | |
| 1561 | |
| 1562 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 1563 printf("TypeArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 1564 #endif | |
| 1565 if (ident == Id::reverse && (n->ty == Tchar || n->ty == Twchar)) | |
| 1566 { | |
| 1567 Expression *ec; | |
| 1568 Expressions *arguments; | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1569 |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1570 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1571 static FuncDeclaration *adReverseChar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1572 if(!adReverseChar_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1573 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1574 Type* arrty = Type::tchar->arrayOf(); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1575 args->push(new Argument(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1576 adReverseChar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adReverseChar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1577 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1578 static FuncDeclaration *adReverseWchar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1579 if(!adReverseWchar_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1580 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1581 Type* arrty = Type::twchar->arrayOf(); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1582 args->push(new Argument(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1583 adReverseWchar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adReverseWchar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1584 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1585 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1586 if(n->ty == Twchar) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1587 ec = new VarExp(0, adReverseWchar_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1588 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1589 ec = new VarExp(0, adReverseChar_fd); |
| 159 | 1590 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1591 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 1592 arguments->push(e); | |
| 1593 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 1594 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1595 } | |
| 1596 else if (ident == Id::sort && (n->ty == Tchar || n->ty == Twchar)) | |
| 1597 { | |
| 1598 Expression *ec; | |
| 1599 Expressions *arguments; | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1600 |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1601 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1602 static FuncDeclaration *adSortChar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1603 if(!adSortChar_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1604 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1605 Type* arrty = Type::tchar->arrayOf(); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1606 args->push(new Argument(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1607 adSortChar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adSortChar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1608 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1609 static FuncDeclaration *adSortWchar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1610 if(!adSortWchar_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1611 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1612 Type* arrty = Type::twchar->arrayOf(); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1613 args->push(new Argument(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1614 adSortWchar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adSortWchar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1615 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1616 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1617 if(n->ty == Twchar) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1618 ec = new VarExp(0, adSortWchar_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1619 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1620 ec = new VarExp(0, adSortChar_fd); |
| 159 | 1621 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1622 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 1623 arguments->push(e); | |
| 1624 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 1625 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1626 } | |
| 1627 else if (ident == Id::reverse || ident == Id::dup) | |
| 1628 { | |
| 1629 Expression *ec; | |
| 1630 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 1631 int size = next->size(e->loc); | |
| 1632 int dup; | |
| 1633 | |
| 1634 assert(size); | |
| 1635 dup = (ident == Id::dup); | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1636 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1637 static FuncDeclaration *adDup_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1638 if(!adDup_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1639 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
378
d8234836b40f
Get rid of runTimeHack and instead add proper argument info to the frontend
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
375
diff
changeset
|
1640 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1641 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1642 adDup_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::adDup); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1643 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1644 static FuncDeclaration *adReverse_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1645 if(!adReverse_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1646 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1647 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
378
d8234836b40f
Get rid of runTimeHack and instead add proper argument info to the frontend
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
375
diff
changeset
|
1648 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1649 adReverse_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::adReverse); |
|
378
d8234836b40f
Get rid of runTimeHack and instead add proper argument info to the frontend
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
375
diff
changeset
|
1650 } |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1651 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1652 if(dup) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1653 ec = new VarExp(0, adDup_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1654 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1655 ec = new VarExp(0, adReverse_fd); |
| 159 | 1656 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1657 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 1658 if (dup) | |
| 1659 arguments->push(getTypeInfo(sc)); | |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1660 |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1661 // LDC repaint array type to void[] |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1662 if (n->ty != Tvoid) { |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1663 e = new CastExp(e->loc, e, e->type); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1664 e->type = Type::tvoid->arrayOf(); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1665 } |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1666 arguments->push(e); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1667 |
| 159 | 1668 if (!dup) |
|
881
1c2faa8325d1
Fixed 64bit problem in mtype.c with _adReverse runtime call, fixes #161 .
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
875
diff
changeset
|
1669 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, size, Type::tsize_t)); |
| 159 | 1670 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); |
| 1671 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1672 } | |
| 1673 else if (ident == Id::sort) | |
| 1674 { | |
| 1675 Expression *ec; | |
| 1676 Expressions *arguments; | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1677 bool isBit = (n->ty == Tbit); |
| 159 | 1678 |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1679 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1680 static FuncDeclaration *adSort_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1681 if(!adSort_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1682 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1683 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1684 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1685 adSort_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), "_adSort"); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1686 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1687 static FuncDeclaration *adSortBit_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1688 if(!adSortBit_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1689 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1690 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1691 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1692 adSortBit_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), "_adSortBit"); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1693 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1694 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1695 if(isBit) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1696 ec = new VarExp(0, adSortBit_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1697 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1698 ec = new VarExp(0, adSort_fd); |
| 159 | 1699 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1700 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1701 |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1702 // LDC repaint array type to void[] |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1703 if (n->ty != Tvoid) { |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1704 e = new CastExp(e->loc, e, e->type); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1705 e->type = Type::tvoid->arrayOf(); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1706 } |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1707 arguments->push(e); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1708 |
|
509
337554fd34f1
Fixed mini/missingti.d
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
489
diff
changeset
|
1709 if (next->ty != Tbit) |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1710 arguments->push(n->getTypeInfo(sc)); // LDC, we don't support the getInternalTypeInfo |
|
509
337554fd34f1
Fixed mini/missingti.d
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
489
diff
changeset
|
1711 // optimization arbitrarily, not yet at least... |
| 159 | 1712 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); |
| 1713 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1714 } | |
| 1715 else | |
| 1716 { | |
| 1717 e = Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 1718 } | |
| 1719 return e; | |
| 1720 } | |
| 1721 | |
| 1722 | |
| 1723 /***************************** TypeSArray *****************************/ | |
| 1724 | |
| 1725 TypeSArray::TypeSArray(Type *t, Expression *dim) | |
| 1726 : TypeArray(Tsarray, t) | |
| 1727 { | |
| 1728 //printf("TypeSArray(%s)\n", dim->toChars()); | |
| 1729 this->dim = dim; | |
| 1730 } | |
| 1731 | |
| 1732 Type *TypeSArray::syntaxCopy() | |
| 1733 { | |
| 1734 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 1735 Expression *e = dim->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 1736 t = new TypeSArray(t, e); | |
| 1737 return t; | |
| 1738 } | |
| 1739 | |
| 1740 d_uns64 TypeSArray::size(Loc loc) | |
| 1741 { integer_t sz; | |
| 1742 | |
| 1743 if (!dim) | |
| 1744 return Type::size(loc); | |
| 1745 sz = dim->toInteger(); | |
| 1746 if (next->toBasetype()->ty == Tbit) // if array of bits | |
| 1747 { | |
| 1748 if (sz + 31 < sz) | |
| 1749 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1750 sz = ((sz + 31) & ~31) / 8; // size in bytes, rounded up to 32 bit dwords | |
| 1751 } | |
| 1752 else | |
| 1753 { integer_t n, n2; | |
| 1754 | |
| 1755 n = next->size(); | |
| 1756 n2 = n * sz; | |
| 1757 if (n && (n2 / n) != sz) | |
| 1758 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1759 sz = n2; | |
| 1760 } | |
| 1761 return sz; | |
| 1762 | |
| 1763 Loverflow: | |
|
305
2b72433d5c8c
[svn r326] Fixed a bunch of issues with printf's that MinGW32 did not support.
lindquist
parents:
285
diff
changeset
|
1764 error(loc, "index %lld overflow for static array", sz); |
| 159 | 1765 return 1; |
| 1766 } | |
| 1767 | |
| 1768 unsigned TypeSArray::alignsize() | |
| 1769 { | |
| 1770 return next->alignsize(); | |
| 1771 } | |
| 1772 | |
| 1773 /************************** | |
| 1774 * This evaluates exp while setting length to be the number | |
| 1775 * of elements in the tuple t. | |
| 1776 */ | |
| 1777 Expression *semanticLength(Scope *sc, Type *t, Expression *exp) | |
| 1778 { | |
| 1779 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 1780 { ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol((TypeTuple *)t); | |
| 1781 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 1782 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 1783 | |
| 1784 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 1785 | |
| 1786 sc->pop(); | |
| 1787 } | |
| 1788 else | |
| 1789 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 1790 return exp; | |
| 1791 } | |
| 1792 | |
| 1793 Expression *semanticLength(Scope *sc, TupleDeclaration *s, Expression *exp) | |
| 1794 { | |
| 1795 ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol(s); | |
| 1796 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 1797 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 1798 | |
| 1799 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 1800 | |
| 1801 sc->pop(); | |
| 1802 return exp; | |
| 1803 } | |
| 1804 | |
| 1805 void TypeSArray::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 1806 { | |
| 1807 //printf("TypeSArray::resolve() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 1808 next->resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 1809 //printf("s = %p, e = %p, t = %p\n", *ps, *pe, *pt); | |
| 1810 if (*pe) | |
| 1811 { // It's really an index expression | |
| 1812 Expression *e; | |
| 1813 e = new IndexExp(loc, *pe, dim); | |
| 1814 *pe = e; | |
| 1815 } | |
| 1816 else if (*ps) | |
| 1817 { Dsymbol *s = *ps; | |
| 1818 TupleDeclaration *td = s->isTupleDeclaration(); | |
| 1819 if (td) | |
| 1820 { | |
| 1821 ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol(td); | |
| 1822 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 1823 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 1824 | |
| 1825 dim = dim->semantic(sc); | |
| 1826 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 1827 uinteger_t d = dim->toUInteger(); | |
| 1828 | |
| 1829 sc = sc->pop(); | |
| 1830 | |
| 1831 if (d >= td->objects->dim) | |
|
305
2b72433d5c8c
[svn r326] Fixed a bunch of issues with printf's that MinGW32 did not support.
lindquist
parents:
285
diff
changeset
|
1832 { error(loc, "tuple index %llu exceeds %u", d, td->objects->dim); |
| 159 | 1833 goto Ldefault; |
| 1834 } | |
| 1835 Object *o = (Object *)td->objects->data[(size_t)d]; | |
| 1836 if (o->dyncast() == DYNCAST_DSYMBOL) | |
| 1837 { | |
| 1838 *ps = (Dsymbol *)o; | |
| 1839 return; | |
| 1840 } | |
| 1841 if (o->dyncast() == DYNCAST_EXPRESSION) | |
| 1842 { | |
| 1843 *ps = NULL; | |
| 1844 *pe = (Expression *)o; | |
| 1845 return; | |
| 1846 } | |
| 1847 | |
| 1848 /* Create a new TupleDeclaration which | |
| 1849 * is a slice [d..d+1] out of the old one. | |
| 1850 * Do it this way because TemplateInstance::semanticTiargs() | |
| 1851 * can handle unresolved Objects this way. | |
| 1852 */ | |
| 1853 Objects *objects = new Objects; | |
| 1854 objects->setDim(1); | |
| 1855 objects->data[0] = o; | |
| 1856 | |
| 1857 TupleDeclaration *tds = new TupleDeclaration(loc, td->ident, objects); | |
| 1858 *ps = tds; | |
| 1859 } | |
| 1860 else | |
| 1861 goto Ldefault; | |
| 1862 } | |
| 1863 else | |
| 1864 { | |
| 1865 Ldefault: | |
| 1866 Type::resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 1867 } | |
| 1868 } | |
| 1869 | |
| 1870 Type *TypeSArray::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 1871 { | |
| 1872 //printf("TypeSArray::semantic() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 1873 | |
| 1874 Type *t; | |
| 1875 Expression *e; | |
| 1876 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 1877 next->resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 1878 if (dim && s && s->isTupleDeclaration()) | |
| 1879 { TupleDeclaration *sd = s->isTupleDeclaration(); | |
| 1880 | |
| 1881 dim = semanticLength(sc, sd, dim); | |
| 1882 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 1883 uinteger_t d = dim->toUInteger(); | |
| 1884 | |
| 1885 if (d >= sd->objects->dim) | |
|
305
2b72433d5c8c
[svn r326] Fixed a bunch of issues with printf's that MinGW32 did not support.
lindquist
parents:
285
diff
changeset
|
1886 { error(loc, "tuple index %llu exceeds %u", d, sd->objects->dim); |
| 159 | 1887 return Type::terror; |
| 1888 } | |
| 1889 Object *o = (Object *)sd->objects->data[(size_t)d]; | |
| 1890 if (o->dyncast() != DYNCAST_TYPE) | |
| 1891 { error(loc, "%s is not a type", toChars()); | |
| 1892 return Type::terror; | |
| 1893 } | |
| 1894 t = (Type *)o; | |
| 1895 return t; | |
| 1896 } | |
| 1897 | |
| 1898 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 1899 Type *tbn = next->toBasetype(); | |
| 1900 | |
| 1901 if (dim) | |
| 1902 { integer_t n, n2; | |
| 1903 | |
| 1904 dim = semanticLength(sc, tbn, dim); | |
| 1905 | |
| 1906 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 1907 if (sc->parameterSpecialization && dim->op == TOKvar && | |
| 1908 ((VarExp *)dim)->var->storage_class & STCtemplateparameter) | |
| 1909 { | |
| 1910 /* It could be a template parameter N which has no value yet: | |
| 1911 * template Foo(T : T[N], size_t N); | |
| 1912 */ | |
| 1913 return this; | |
| 1914 } | |
| 1915 integer_t d1 = dim->toInteger(); | |
| 1916 dim = dim->castTo(sc, tsize_t); | |
| 1917 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 1918 integer_t d2 = dim->toInteger(); | |
| 1919 | |
| 1920 if (d1 != d2) | |
| 1921 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1922 | |
| 1923 if (tbn->isintegral() || | |
| 1924 tbn->isfloating() || | |
| 1925 tbn->ty == Tpointer || | |
| 1926 tbn->ty == Tarray || | |
| 1927 tbn->ty == Tsarray || | |
| 1928 tbn->ty == Taarray || | |
| 1929 tbn->ty == Tclass) | |
| 1930 { | |
| 1931 /* Only do this for types that don't need to have semantic() | |
| 1932 * run on them for the size, since they may be forward referenced. | |
| 1933 */ | |
| 1934 n = tbn->size(loc); | |
| 1935 n2 = n * d2; | |
| 1936 if ((int)n2 < 0) | |
| 1937 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1938 if (n2 >= 0x1000000) // put a 'reasonable' limit on it | |
| 1939 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1940 if (n && n2 / n != d2) | |
| 1941 { | |
| 1942 Loverflow: | |
|
305
2b72433d5c8c
[svn r326] Fixed a bunch of issues with printf's that MinGW32 did not support.
lindquist
parents:
285
diff
changeset
|
1943 error(loc, "index %lld overflow for static array", d1); |
| 159 | 1944 dim = new IntegerExp(0, 1, tsize_t); |
| 1945 } | |
| 1946 } | |
| 1947 } | |
| 1948 switch (tbn->ty) | |
| 1949 { | |
| 1950 case Ttuple: | |
| 1951 { // Index the tuple to get the type | |
| 1952 assert(dim); | |
| 1953 TypeTuple *tt = (TypeTuple *)tbn; | |
| 1954 uinteger_t d = dim->toUInteger(); | |
| 1955 | |
| 1956 if (d >= tt->arguments->dim) | |
|
305
2b72433d5c8c
[svn r326] Fixed a bunch of issues with printf's that MinGW32 did not support.
lindquist
parents:
285
diff
changeset
|
1957 { error(loc, "tuple index %llu exceeds %u", d, tt->arguments->dim); |
| 159 | 1958 return Type::terror; |
| 1959 } | |
| 1960 Argument *arg = (Argument *)tt->arguments->data[(size_t)d]; | |
| 1961 return arg->type; | |
| 1962 } | |
| 1963 case Tfunction: | |
| 1964 case Tnone: | |
| 1965 error(loc, "can't have array of %s", tbn->toChars()); | |
| 1966 tbn = next = tint32; | |
| 1967 break; | |
| 1968 } | |
| 1969 if (tbn->isauto()) | |
| 1970 error(loc, "cannot have array of auto %s", tbn->toChars()); | |
| 1971 return merge(); | |
| 1972 } | |
| 1973 | |
| 1974 void TypeSArray::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 1975 { | |
| 1976 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 1977 if (dim) | |
|
305
2b72433d5c8c
[svn r326] Fixed a bunch of issues with printf's that MinGW32 did not support.
lindquist
parents:
285
diff
changeset
|
1978 buf->printf("%llu", dim->toInteger()); |
| 159 | 1979 if (next) |
| 1980 next->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 1981 } | |
| 1982 | |
| 1983 void TypeSArray::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 1984 { | |
| 1985 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 1986 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 1987 return; | |
| 1988 } | |
| 1989 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 1990 buf->printf("[%s]", dim->toChars()); | |
| 1991 } | |
| 1992 | |
| 1993 Expression *TypeSArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 1994 { | |
| 1995 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 1996 printf("TypeSArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 1997 #endif | |
| 1998 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 1999 { | |
| 2000 e = dim; | |
| 2001 } | |
| 2002 else if (ident == Id::ptr) | |
| 2003 { | |
| 2004 e = e->castTo(sc, next->pointerTo()); | |
| 2005 } | |
| 2006 else | |
| 2007 { | |
| 2008 e = TypeArray::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 2009 } | |
| 2010 return e; | |
| 2011 } | |
| 2012 | |
| 2013 int TypeSArray::isString() | |
| 2014 { | |
| 2015 TY nty = next->toBasetype()->ty; | |
| 2016 return nty == Tchar || nty == Twchar || nty == Tdchar; | |
| 2017 } | |
| 2018 | |
| 2019 unsigned TypeSArray::memalign(unsigned salign) | |
| 2020 { | |
| 2021 return next->memalign(salign); | |
| 2022 } | |
| 2023 | |
| 2024 MATCH TypeSArray::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 2025 { | |
| 2026 //printf("TypeSArray::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 2027 | |
| 2028 // Allow implicit conversion of static array to pointer or dynamic array | |
| 2029 if ((IMPLICIT_ARRAY_TO_PTR && to->ty == Tpointer) && | |
| 2030 (to->next->ty == Tvoid || next->equals(to->next) | |
| 2031 /*|| to->next->isBaseOf(next)*/)) | |
| 2032 { | |
| 2033 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2034 } | |
| 2035 if (to->ty == Tarray) | |
| 2036 { int offset = 0; | |
| 2037 | |
| 2038 if (next->equals(to->next) || | |
| 2039 (to->next->isBaseOf(next, &offset) && offset == 0) || | |
| 2040 to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2041 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2042 } | |
| 2043 #if 0 | |
| 2044 if (to->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2045 { | |
| 2046 TypeSArray *tsa = (TypeSArray *)to; | |
| 2047 | |
| 2048 if (next->equals(tsa->next) && dim->equals(tsa->dim)) | |
| 2049 { | |
| 2050 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2051 } | |
| 2052 } | |
| 2053 #endif | |
| 2054 return Type::implicitConvTo(to); | |
| 2055 } | |
| 2056 | |
| 2057 Expression *TypeSArray::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2058 { | |
| 2059 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2060 printf("TypeSArray::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2061 #endif | |
| 2062 return next->defaultInit(loc); | |
| 2063 } | |
| 2064 | |
| 2065 int TypeSArray::isZeroInit() | |
| 2066 { | |
| 2067 return next->isZeroInit(); | |
| 2068 } | |
| 2069 | |
| 2070 | |
| 2071 Expression *TypeSArray::toExpression() | |
| 2072 { | |
| 2073 Expression *e = next->toExpression(); | |
| 2074 if (e) | |
| 2075 { Expressions *arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 2076 arguments->push(dim); | |
| 2077 e = new ArrayExp(dim->loc, e, arguments); | |
| 2078 } | |
| 2079 return e; | |
| 2080 } | |
| 2081 | |
| 2082 int TypeSArray::hasPointers() | |
| 2083 { | |
| 2084 return next->hasPointers(); | |
| 2085 } | |
| 2086 | |
| 2087 /***************************** TypeDArray *****************************/ | |
| 2088 | |
| 2089 TypeDArray::TypeDArray(Type *t) | |
| 2090 : TypeArray(Tarray, t) | |
| 2091 { | |
| 2092 //printf("TypeDArray(t = %p)\n", t); | |
| 2093 } | |
| 2094 | |
| 2095 Type *TypeDArray::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2096 { | |
| 2097 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2098 if (t == next) | |
| 2099 t = this; | |
| 2100 else | |
| 2101 t = new TypeDArray(t); | |
| 2102 return t; | |
| 2103 } | |
| 2104 | |
| 2105 d_uns64 TypeDArray::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2106 { | |
| 2107 //printf("TypeDArray::size()\n"); | |
| 2108 return PTRSIZE * 2; | |
| 2109 } | |
| 2110 | |
| 2111 unsigned TypeDArray::alignsize() | |
| 2112 { | |
| 2113 // A DArray consists of two ptr-sized values, so align it on pointer size | |
| 2114 // boundary | |
| 2115 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 2116 } | |
| 2117 | |
| 2118 Type *TypeDArray::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2119 { Type *tn = next; | |
| 2120 | |
| 2121 tn = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2122 Type *tbn = tn->toBasetype(); | |
| 2123 switch (tbn->ty) | |
| 2124 { | |
| 2125 case Tfunction: | |
| 2126 case Tnone: | |
| 2127 case Ttuple: | |
| 2128 error(loc, "can't have array of %s", tbn->toChars()); | |
| 2129 tn = next = tint32; | |
| 2130 break; | |
| 2131 } | |
| 2132 if (tn->isauto()) | |
| 2133 error(loc, "cannot have array of auto %s", tn->toChars()); | |
| 2134 if (next != tn) | |
| 2135 //deco = NULL; // redo | |
| 2136 return tn->arrayOf(); | |
| 2137 return merge(); | |
| 2138 } | |
| 2139 | |
| 2140 void TypeDArray::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 2141 { | |
| 2142 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 2143 if (next) | |
| 2144 next->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 2145 } | |
| 2146 | |
| 2147 void TypeDArray::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2148 { | |
| 2149 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2150 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2151 return; | |
| 2152 } | |
| 2153 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2154 buf->writestring("[]"); | |
| 2155 } | |
| 2156 | |
| 2157 Expression *TypeDArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 2158 { | |
| 2159 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 2160 printf("TypeDArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 2161 #endif | |
| 2162 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 2163 { | |
| 2164 if (e->op == TOKstring) | |
| 2165 { StringExp *se = (StringExp *)e; | |
| 2166 | |
| 2167 return new IntegerExp(se->loc, se->len, Type::tindex); | |
| 2168 } | |
| 2169 e = new ArrayLengthExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 2170 e->type = Type::tsize_t; | |
| 2171 return e; | |
| 2172 } | |
| 2173 else if (ident == Id::ptr) | |
| 2174 { | |
| 2175 e = e->castTo(sc, next->pointerTo()); | |
| 2176 return e; | |
| 2177 } | |
| 2178 else | |
| 2179 { | |
| 2180 e = TypeArray::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 2181 } | |
| 2182 return e; | |
| 2183 } | |
| 2184 | |
| 2185 int TypeDArray::isString() | |
| 2186 { | |
| 2187 TY nty = next->toBasetype()->ty; | |
| 2188 return nty == Tchar || nty == Twchar || nty == Tdchar; | |
| 2189 } | |
| 2190 | |
| 2191 MATCH TypeDArray::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 2192 { | |
| 2193 //printf("TypeDArray::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 2194 | |
| 2195 // Allow implicit conversion of array to pointer | |
| 2196 if (IMPLICIT_ARRAY_TO_PTR && | |
| 2197 to->ty == Tpointer && | |
| 2198 (to->next->ty == Tvoid || next->equals(to->next) /*|| to->next->isBaseOf(next)*/)) | |
| 2199 { | |
| 2200 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2201 } | |
| 2202 | |
| 2203 if (to->ty == Tarray) | |
| 2204 { int offset = 0; | |
| 2205 | |
| 2206 if ((to->next->isBaseOf(next, &offset) && offset == 0) || | |
| 2207 to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2208 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2209 } | |
| 2210 return Type::implicitConvTo(to); | |
| 2211 } | |
| 2212 | |
| 2213 Expression *TypeDArray::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2214 { | |
| 2215 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2216 printf("TypeDArray::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2217 #endif | |
| 2218 Expression *e; | |
| 2219 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 2220 e->type = this; | |
| 2221 return e; | |
| 2222 } | |
| 2223 | |
| 2224 int TypeDArray::isZeroInit() | |
| 2225 { | |
| 2226 return 1; | |
| 2227 } | |
| 2228 | |
| 2229 int TypeDArray::checkBoolean() | |
| 2230 { | |
| 2231 return TRUE; | |
| 2232 } | |
| 2233 | |
| 2234 int TypeDArray::hasPointers() | |
| 2235 { | |
| 2236 return TRUE; | |
| 2237 } | |
| 2238 | |
| 2239 /***************************** TypeAArray *****************************/ | |
| 2240 | |
| 2241 TypeAArray::TypeAArray(Type *t, Type *index) | |
| 2242 : TypeArray(Taarray, t) | |
| 2243 { | |
| 2244 this->index = index; | |
| 2245 this->key = NULL; | |
| 2246 } | |
| 2247 | |
| 2248 Type *TypeAArray::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2249 { | |
| 2250 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2251 Type *ti = index->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2252 if (t == next && ti == index) | |
| 2253 t = this; | |
| 2254 else | |
| 2255 t = new TypeAArray(t, ti); | |
| 2256 return t; | |
| 2257 } | |
| 2258 | |
| 2259 d_uns64 TypeAArray::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2260 { | |
| 2261 return PTRSIZE /* * 2*/; | |
| 2262 } | |
| 2263 | |
| 2264 | |
| 2265 Type *TypeAArray::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2266 { | |
| 2267 //printf("TypeAArray::semantic() %s index->ty = %d\n", toChars(), index->ty); | |
| 2268 | |
| 2269 // Deal with the case where we thought the index was a type, but | |
| 2270 // in reality it was an expression. | |
| 2271 if (index->ty == Tident || index->ty == Tinstance || index->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2272 { | |
| 2273 Expression *e; | |
| 2274 Type *t; | |
| 2275 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 2276 | |
| 2277 index->resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 2278 if (e) | |
| 2279 { // It was an expression - | |
| 2280 // Rewrite as a static array | |
| 2281 TypeSArray *tsa; | |
| 2282 | |
| 2283 tsa = new TypeSArray(next, e); | |
| 2284 return tsa->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2285 } | |
| 2286 else if (t) | |
| 2287 index = t; | |
| 2288 else | |
| 2289 index->error(loc, "index is not a type or an expression"); | |
| 2290 } | |
| 2291 else | |
| 2292 index = index->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2293 | |
| 2294 // Compute key type; the purpose of the key type is to | |
| 2295 // minimize the permutations of runtime library | |
| 2296 // routines as much as possible. | |
| 2297 key = index->toBasetype(); | |
| 2298 switch (key->ty) | |
| 2299 { | |
| 2300 #if 0 | |
| 2301 case Tint8: | |
| 2302 case Tuns8: | |
| 2303 case Tint16: | |
| 2304 case Tuns16: | |
| 2305 key = tint32; | |
| 2306 break; | |
| 2307 #endif | |
| 2308 | |
| 2309 case Tsarray: | |
| 2310 #if 0 | |
| 2311 // Convert to Tarray | |
| 2312 key = key->next->arrayOf(); | |
| 2313 #endif | |
| 2314 break; | |
| 2315 case Tbit: | |
| 2316 case Tbool: | |
| 2317 case Tfunction: | |
| 2318 case Tvoid: | |
| 2319 case Tnone: | |
| 2320 error(loc, "can't have associative array key of %s", key->toChars()); | |
| 2321 break; | |
| 2322 } | |
| 2323 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2324 switch (next->toBasetype()->ty) | |
| 2325 { | |
| 2326 case Tfunction: | |
| 2327 case Tnone: | |
| 2328 error(loc, "can't have associative array of %s", next->toChars()); | |
| 2329 break; | |
| 2330 } | |
| 2331 if (next->isauto()) | |
| 2332 error(loc, "cannot have array of auto %s", next->toChars()); | |
| 2333 | |
| 2334 return merge(); | |
| 2335 } | |
| 2336 | |
| 336 | 2337 void TypeAArray::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) |
| 2338 { | |
| 2339 //printf("TypeAArray::resolve() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 2340 | |
| 2341 // Deal with the case where we thought the index was a type, but | |
| 2342 // in reality it was an expression. | |
| 2343 if (index->ty == Tident || index->ty == Tinstance || index->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2344 { | |
| 2345 Expression *e; | |
| 2346 Type *t; | |
| 2347 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 2348 | |
| 2349 index->resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 2350 if (e) | |
| 2351 { // It was an expression - | |
| 2352 // Rewrite as a static array | |
| 2353 | |
| 2354 TypeSArray *tsa = new TypeSArray(next, e); | |
| 2355 return tsa->resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 2356 } | |
| 2357 else if (t) | |
| 2358 index = t; | |
| 2359 else | |
| 2360 index->error(loc, "index is not a type or an expression"); | |
| 2361 } | |
| 2362 Type::resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 2363 } | |
| 2364 | |
| 2365 | |
| 159 | 2366 Expression *TypeAArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) |
| 2367 { | |
| 2368 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 2369 printf("TypeAArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 2370 #endif | |
| 2371 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 2372 { | |
| 2373 Expression *ec; | |
| 2374 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2375 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2376 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2377 static FuncDeclaration *aaLen_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2378 if(!aaLen_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2379 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2380 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2381 aaLen_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tsize_t, Id::aaLen); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2382 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2383 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2384 ec = new VarExp(0, aaLen_fd); |
| 159 | 2385 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2386 arguments->push(e); | |
| 2387 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2388 e->type = aaLen_fd->type->next; |
| 159 | 2389 } |
| 2390 else if (ident == Id::keys) | |
| 2391 { | |
| 2392 Expression *ec; | |
| 2393 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2394 int size = key->size(e->loc); | |
| 2395 | |
| 2396 assert(size); | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2397 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2398 static FuncDeclaration *aaKeys_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2399 if(!aaKeys_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2400 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2401 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2402 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2403 aaKeys_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::aaKeys); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2404 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2405 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2406 ec = new VarExp(0, aaKeys_fd); |
| 159 | 2407 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2408 arguments->push(e); | |
| 2409 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, size, Type::tsize_t)); | |
| 2410 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 2411 e->type = index->arrayOf(); | |
| 2412 } | |
| 2413 else if (ident == Id::values) | |
| 2414 { | |
| 2415 Expression *ec; | |
| 2416 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2417 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2418 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2419 static FuncDeclaration *aaValues_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2420 if(!aaValues_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2421 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2422 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2423 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2424 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2425 aaValues_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::aaValues); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2426 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2427 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2428 ec = new VarExp(0, aaValues_fd); |
| 159 | 2429 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2430 arguments->push(e); | |
| 2431 size_t keysize = key->size(e->loc); | |
|
771
bfabbac8e705
Fixed 64bit problem with aaValues runtime calls (assumed 32bits)
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
742
diff
changeset
|
2432 keysize = (keysize + PTRSIZE - 1) & ~(PTRSIZE - 1); |
| 159 | 2433 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, keysize, Type::tsize_t)); |
| 2434 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, next->size(e->loc), Type::tsize_t)); | |
| 2435 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 2436 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 2437 } | |
| 2438 else if (ident == Id::rehash) | |
| 2439 { | |
| 2440 Expression *ec; | |
| 2441 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2442 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2443 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2444 static FuncDeclaration *aaRehash_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2445 if(!aaRehash_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2446 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2447 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2448 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2449 aaRehash_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoidptr, Id::aaRehash); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2450 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2451 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2452 ec = new VarExp(0, aaRehash_fd); |
| 159 | 2453 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2454 arguments->push(e->addressOf(sc)); | |
|
975
067bb8f19c36
Fix #217. getInternalTypeInfo doesn't work with LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
938
diff
changeset
|
2455 arguments->push(key->getTypeInfo(sc)); // LDC doesn't support getInternalTypeInfo, see above |
| 159 | 2456 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); |
| 2457 e->type = this; | |
| 2458 } | |
| 2459 else | |
| 2460 { | |
| 2461 e = Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 2462 } | |
| 2463 return e; | |
| 2464 } | |
| 2465 | |
| 2466 void TypeAArray::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 2467 { | |
| 2468 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 2469 index->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 2470 next->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 2471 } | |
| 2472 | |
| 2473 void TypeAArray::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2474 { | |
| 2475 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2476 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2477 return; | |
| 2478 } | |
| 2479 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2480 buf->writeByte('['); | |
| 2481 index->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 2482 buf->writeByte(']'); | |
| 2483 } | |
| 2484 | |
| 2485 Expression *TypeAArray::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2486 { | |
| 2487 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2488 printf("TypeAArray::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2489 #endif | |
| 2490 Expression *e; | |
| 2491 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 2492 e->type = this; | |
| 2493 return e; | |
| 2494 } | |
| 2495 | |
|
211
f66219e0d530
[svn r227] Fixed: crash in lifetime.d when resizing array of AAs by .length assignment.
lindquist
parents:
162
diff
changeset
|
2496 int TypeAArray::isZeroInit() |
|
f66219e0d530
[svn r227] Fixed: crash in lifetime.d when resizing array of AAs by .length assignment.
lindquist
parents:
162
diff
changeset
|
2497 { |
|
846
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
2498 return TRUE; |
|
211
f66219e0d530
[svn r227] Fixed: crash in lifetime.d when resizing array of AAs by .length assignment.
lindquist
parents:
162
diff
changeset
|
2499 } |
|
f66219e0d530
[svn r227] Fixed: crash in lifetime.d when resizing array of AAs by .length assignment.
lindquist
parents:
162
diff
changeset
|
2500 |
| 159 | 2501 int TypeAArray::checkBoolean() |
| 2502 { | |
| 2503 return TRUE; | |
| 2504 } | |
| 2505 | |
| 2506 int TypeAArray::hasPointers() | |
| 2507 { | |
| 2508 return TRUE; | |
| 2509 } | |
| 2510 | |
| 2511 /***************************** TypePointer *****************************/ | |
| 2512 | |
| 2513 TypePointer::TypePointer(Type *t) | |
| 2514 : Type(Tpointer, t) | |
| 2515 { | |
| 2516 } | |
| 2517 | |
| 2518 Type *TypePointer::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2519 { | |
| 2520 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2521 if (t == next) | |
| 2522 t = this; | |
| 2523 else | |
| 2524 t = new TypePointer(t); | |
| 2525 return t; | |
| 2526 } | |
| 2527 | |
| 2528 Type *TypePointer::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2529 { | |
| 2530 //printf("TypePointer::semantic()\n"); | |
| 2531 Type *n = next->semantic(loc, sc); | |
| 2532 switch (n->toBasetype()->ty) | |
| 2533 { | |
| 2534 case Ttuple: | |
| 2535 error(loc, "can't have pointer to %s", n->toChars()); | |
| 2536 n = tint32; | |
| 2537 break; | |
| 2538 } | |
| 2539 if (n != next) | |
| 2540 deco = NULL; | |
| 2541 next = n; | |
| 2542 return merge(); | |
| 2543 } | |
| 2544 | |
| 2545 | |
| 2546 d_uns64 TypePointer::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2547 { | |
| 2548 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 2549 } | |
| 2550 | |
| 2551 void TypePointer::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2552 { | |
| 2553 //printf("TypePointer::toCBuffer2() next = %d\n", next->ty); | |
| 2554 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2555 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2556 return; | |
| 2557 } | |
| 2558 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2559 if (next->ty != Tfunction) | |
| 2560 buf->writeByte('*'); | |
| 2561 } | |
| 2562 | |
| 2563 MATCH TypePointer::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 2564 { | |
| 2565 //printf("TypePointer::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 2566 | |
| 2567 if (this == to) | |
| 2568 return MATCHexact; | |
| 2569 if (to->ty == Tpointer && to->next) | |
| 2570 { | |
| 2571 if (to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2572 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2573 | |
| 2574 #if 0 | |
| 2575 if (to->next->isBaseOf(next)) | |
| 2576 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2577 #endif | |
| 2578 | |
| 2579 if (next->ty == Tfunction && to->next->ty == Tfunction) | |
| 2580 { TypeFunction *tf; | |
| 2581 TypeFunction *tfto; | |
| 2582 | |
| 2583 tf = (TypeFunction *)(next); | |
| 2584 tfto = (TypeFunction *)(to->next); | |
| 2585 return tfto->equals(tf) ? MATCHexact : MATCHnomatch; | |
| 2586 } | |
| 2587 } | |
| 2588 // if (to->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2589 // return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2590 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 2591 } | |
| 2592 | |
| 2593 int TypePointer::isscalar() | |
| 2594 { | |
| 2595 return TRUE; | |
| 2596 } | |
| 2597 | |
| 2598 Expression *TypePointer::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2599 { | |
| 2600 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2601 printf("TypePointer::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2602 #endif | |
| 2603 Expression *e; | |
| 2604 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 2605 e->type = this; | |
| 2606 return e; | |
| 2607 } | |
| 2608 | |
| 2609 int TypePointer::isZeroInit() | |
| 2610 { | |
| 2611 return 1; | |
| 2612 } | |
| 2613 | |
| 2614 int TypePointer::hasPointers() | |
| 2615 { | |
| 2616 return TRUE; | |
| 2617 } | |
| 2618 | |
| 2619 | |
| 2620 /***************************** TypeReference *****************************/ | |
| 2621 | |
| 2622 TypeReference::TypeReference(Type *t) | |
| 2623 : Type(Treference, t) | |
| 2624 { | |
| 2625 if (t->ty == Tbit) | |
| 2626 error(0,"cannot make reference to a bit"); | |
| 2627 // BUG: what about references to static arrays? | |
| 2628 } | |
| 2629 | |
| 2630 Type *TypeReference::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2631 { | |
| 2632 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2633 if (t == next) | |
| 2634 t = this; | |
| 2635 else | |
| 2636 t = new TypeReference(t); | |
| 2637 return t; | |
| 2638 } | |
| 2639 | |
| 2640 d_uns64 TypeReference::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2641 { | |
| 2642 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 2643 } | |
| 2644 | |
| 2645 void TypeReference::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2646 { | |
| 2647 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2648 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2649 return; | |
| 2650 } | |
| 2651 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2652 buf->writeByte('&'); | |
| 2653 } | |
| 2654 | |
| 2655 Expression *TypeReference::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 2656 { | |
| 2657 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 2658 printf("TypeReference::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 2659 #endif | |
| 2660 | |
| 2661 // References just forward things along | |
| 2662 return next->dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 2663 } | |
| 2664 | |
| 2665 Expression *TypeReference::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2666 { | |
| 2667 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2668 printf("TypeReference::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2669 #endif | |
| 2670 Expression *e; | |
| 2671 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 2672 e->type = this; | |
| 2673 return e; | |
| 2674 } | |
| 2675 | |
| 2676 int TypeReference::isZeroInit() | |
| 2677 { | |
| 2678 return 1; | |
| 2679 } | |
| 2680 | |
| 2681 | |
| 2682 /***************************** TypeFunction *****************************/ | |
| 2683 | |
| 2684 TypeFunction::TypeFunction(Arguments *parameters, Type *treturn, int varargs, enum LINK linkage) | |
| 2685 : Type(Tfunction, treturn) | |
| 2686 { | |
| 2687 //if (!treturn) *(char*)0=0; | |
| 2688 // assert(treturn); | |
| 2689 this->parameters = parameters; | |
| 2690 this->varargs = varargs; | |
| 2691 this->linkage = linkage; | |
| 2692 this->inuse = 0; | |
|
486
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
2693 this->retInPtr = false; |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
2694 this->usesThis = false; |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
2695 this->usesNest = false; |
|
938
a904cc9bc064
Convert struct arg to integer when passing inreg to make sure LLVM doesn't
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
930
diff
changeset
|
2696 this->structInregArg = NULL; |
|
486
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
2697 this->retAttrs = 0; |
|
720
e177ae483f8e
Added inreg attribute where appropriate on x86 to follow ABI docs.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
717
diff
changeset
|
2698 this->thisAttrs = 0; |
|
723
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2699 this->reverseParams = false; |
|
930
7985bb036db4
Follow the D ABI and pass the last arg in a register if it is a struct that fits.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
913
diff
changeset
|
2700 this->firstRealArg = 0; |
| 159 | 2701 } |
| 2702 | |
| 2703 Type *TypeFunction::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2704 { | |
| 2705 Type *treturn = next ? next->syntaxCopy() : NULL; | |
| 2706 Arguments *params = Argument::arraySyntaxCopy(parameters); | |
|
217
0806379a5eca
[svn r233] Added: -oq command line option for writing fully qualified object names.
lindquist
parents:
211
diff
changeset
|
2707 TypeFunction *t = new TypeFunction(params, treturn, varargs, linkage); |
|
486
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
2708 t->retInPtr = retInPtr; |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
2709 t->usesThis = usesThis; |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
2710 t->usesNest = usesNest; |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
2711 t->retAttrs = retAttrs; |
|
720
e177ae483f8e
Added inreg attribute where appropriate on x86 to follow ABI docs.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
717
diff
changeset
|
2712 t->thisAttrs = thisAttrs; |
|
723
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2713 t->reverseParams = reverseParams; |
|
930
7985bb036db4
Follow the D ABI and pass the last arg in a register if it is a struct that fits.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
913
diff
changeset
|
2714 t->firstRealArg = firstRealArg; |
| 159 | 2715 return t; |
| 2716 } | |
| 2717 | |
| 2718 /******************************* | |
| 2719 * Returns: | |
| 2720 * 0 types are distinct | |
| 2721 * 1 this is covariant with t | |
| 2722 * 2 arguments match as far as overloading goes, | |
| 2723 * but types are not covariant | |
| 2724 * 3 cannot determine covariance because of forward references | |
| 2725 */ | |
| 2726 | |
| 2727 int Type::covariant(Type *t) | |
| 2728 { | |
| 2729 #if 0 | |
| 2730 printf("Type::covariant(t = %s) %s\n", t->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 2731 printf("deco = %p, %p\n", deco, t->deco); | |
| 2732 printf("ty = %d\n", next->ty); | |
| 2733 #endif | |
| 2734 | |
| 2735 int inoutmismatch = 0; | |
| 2736 | |
| 2737 if (equals(t)) | |
| 2738 goto Lcovariant; | |
| 2739 if (ty != Tfunction || t->ty != Tfunction) | |
| 2740 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2741 | |
| 2742 { | |
| 2743 TypeFunction *t1 = (TypeFunction *)this; | |
| 2744 TypeFunction *t2 = (TypeFunction *)t; | |
| 2745 | |
| 2746 if (t1->varargs != t2->varargs) | |
| 2747 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2748 | |
| 2749 if (t1->parameters && t2->parameters) | |
| 2750 { | |
| 2751 size_t dim = Argument::dim(t1->parameters); | |
| 2752 if (dim != Argument::dim(t2->parameters)) | |
| 2753 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2754 | |
| 2755 for (size_t i = 0; i < dim; i++) | |
| 2756 { Argument *arg1 = Argument::getNth(t1->parameters, i); | |
| 2757 Argument *arg2 = Argument::getNth(t2->parameters, i); | |
| 2758 | |
| 2759 if (!arg1->type->equals(arg2->type)) | |
| 2760 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2761 if (arg1->storageClass != arg2->storageClass) | |
| 2762 inoutmismatch = 1; | |
| 2763 } | |
| 2764 } | |
| 2765 else if (t1->parameters != t2->parameters) | |
| 2766 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2767 | |
| 2768 // The argument lists match | |
| 2769 if (inoutmismatch) | |
| 2770 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2771 if (t1->linkage != t2->linkage) | |
| 2772 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2773 | |
| 2774 Type *t1n = t1->next; | |
| 2775 Type *t2n = t2->next; | |
| 2776 | |
| 2777 if (t1n->equals(t2n)) | |
| 2778 goto Lcovariant; | |
| 2779 if (t1n->ty != Tclass || t2n->ty != Tclass) | |
| 2780 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2781 | |
| 2782 // If t1n is forward referenced: | |
| 2783 ClassDeclaration *cd = ((TypeClass *)t1n)->sym; | |
| 2784 if (!cd->baseClass && cd->baseclasses.dim && !cd->isInterfaceDeclaration()) | |
| 2785 { | |
| 2786 return 3; | |
| 2787 } | |
| 2788 | |
| 2789 if (t1n->implicitConvTo(t2n)) | |
| 2790 goto Lcovariant; | |
| 2791 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2792 } | |
| 2793 | |
| 2794 Lcovariant: | |
| 2795 //printf("\tcovaraint: 1\n"); | |
| 2796 return 1; | |
| 2797 | |
| 2798 Ldistinct: | |
| 2799 //printf("\tcovaraint: 0\n"); | |
| 2800 return 0; | |
| 2801 | |
| 2802 Lnotcovariant: | |
| 2803 //printf("\tcovaraint: 2\n"); | |
| 2804 return 2; | |
| 2805 } | |
| 2806 | |
| 2807 void TypeFunction::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 2808 { unsigned char mc; | |
| 2809 | |
| 2810 //printf("TypeFunction::toDecoBuffer() this = %p %s\n", this, toChars()); | |
| 2811 //static int nest; if (++nest == 50) *(char*)0=0; | |
| 2812 if (inuse) | |
| 2813 { inuse = 2; // flag error to caller | |
| 2814 return; | |
| 2815 } | |
| 2816 inuse++; | |
| 2817 switch (linkage) | |
| 2818 { | |
| 2819 case LINKd: mc = 'F'; break; | |
| 2820 case LINKc: mc = 'U'; break; | |
| 2821 case LINKwindows: mc = 'W'; break; | |
| 2822 case LINKpascal: mc = 'V'; break; | |
| 2823 case LINKcpp: mc = 'R'; break; | |
|
723
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2824 |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2825 // LDC |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2826 case LINKintrinsic: mc = 'Q'; break; |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2827 |
| 159 | 2828 default: |
| 2829 assert(0); | |
| 2830 } | |
| 2831 buf->writeByte(mc); | |
| 2832 // Write argument types | |
| 2833 Argument::argsToDecoBuffer(buf, parameters); | |
| 2834 //if (buf->data[buf->offset - 1] == '@') halt(); | |
| 2835 buf->writeByte('Z' - varargs); // mark end of arg list | |
| 2836 next->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 2837 inuse--; | |
| 2838 } | |
| 2839 | |
| 2840 void TypeFunction::toCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, Identifier *ident, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 2841 { | |
| 2842 char *p = NULL; | |
| 2843 | |
| 2844 if (inuse) | |
| 2845 { inuse = 2; // flag error to caller | |
| 2846 return; | |
| 2847 } | |
| 2848 inuse++; | |
| 2849 if (next && (!ident || ident->toHChars2() == ident->toChars())) | |
| 2850 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 2851 if (hgs->ddoc != 1) | |
| 2852 { | |
| 2853 switch (linkage) | |
| 2854 { | |
| 2855 case LINKd: p = NULL; break; | |
| 2856 case LINKc: p = "C "; break; | |
| 2857 case LINKwindows: p = "Windows "; break; | |
| 2858 case LINKpascal: p = "Pascal "; break; | |
| 2859 case LINKcpp: p = "C++ "; break; | |
|
723
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2860 |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2861 // LDC |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2862 case LINKintrinsic: p = "Intrinsic"; break; |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2863 |
| 159 | 2864 default: |
| 2865 assert(0); | |
| 2866 } | |
| 2867 } | |
| 2868 | |
| 2869 if (!hgs->hdrgen && p) | |
| 2870 buf->writestring(p); | |
| 2871 if (ident) | |
| 2872 { buf->writeByte(' '); | |
| 2873 buf->writestring(ident->toHChars2()); | |
| 2874 } | |
| 2875 Argument::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, parameters, varargs); | |
| 2876 inuse--; | |
| 2877 } | |
| 2878 | |
| 2879 void TypeFunction::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2880 { | |
| 2881 char *p = NULL; | |
| 2882 | |
| 2883 if (inuse) | |
| 2884 { inuse = 2; // flag error to caller | |
| 2885 return; | |
| 2886 } | |
| 2887 inuse++; | |
| 2888 if (next) | |
| 2889 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 2890 if (hgs->ddoc != 1) | |
| 2891 { | |
| 2892 switch (linkage) | |
| 2893 { | |
| 2894 case LINKd: p = NULL; break; | |
| 2895 case LINKc: p = "C "; break; | |
| 2896 case LINKwindows: p = "Windows "; break; | |
| 2897 case LINKpascal: p = "Pascal "; break; | |
| 2898 case LINKcpp: p = "C++ "; break; | |
|
723
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2899 |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2900 // LDC |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2901 case LINKintrinsic: p = "Intrinsic"; break; |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2902 |
| 159 | 2903 default: |
| 2904 assert(0); | |
| 2905 } | |
| 2906 } | |
| 2907 | |
| 2908 if (!hgs->hdrgen && p) | |
| 2909 buf->writestring(p); | |
| 2910 buf->writestring(" function"); | |
| 2911 Argument::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, parameters, varargs); | |
| 2912 inuse--; | |
| 2913 } | |
| 2914 | |
| 2915 Type *TypeFunction::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2916 { | |
| 2917 if (deco) // if semantic() already run | |
| 2918 { | |
| 2919 //printf("already done\n"); | |
| 2920 return this; | |
| 2921 } | |
| 2922 //printf("TypeFunction::semantic() this = %p\n", this); | |
| 2923 | |
| 2924 TypeFunction *tf = (TypeFunction *)mem.malloc(sizeof(TypeFunction)); | |
| 2925 memcpy(tf, this, sizeof(TypeFunction)); | |
| 2926 if (parameters) | |
| 2927 { tf->parameters = (Arguments *)parameters->copy(); | |
| 2928 for (size_t i = 0; i < parameters->dim; i++) | |
| 2929 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 2930 Argument *cpy = (Argument *)mem.malloc(sizeof(Argument)); | |
| 2931 memcpy(cpy, arg, sizeof(Argument)); | |
| 2932 tf->parameters->data[i] = (void *)cpy; | |
| 2933 } | |
| 2934 } | |
| 2935 | |
| 2936 tf->linkage = sc->linkage; | |
| 2937 if (!tf->next) | |
| 2938 { | |
| 2939 assert(global.errors); | |
| 2940 tf->next = tvoid; | |
| 2941 } | |
| 2942 tf->next = tf->next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2943 if (tf->next->toBasetype()->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2944 { error(loc, "functions cannot return static array %s", tf->next->toChars()); | |
| 2945 tf->next = Type::terror; | |
| 2946 } | |
| 2947 if (tf->next->toBasetype()->ty == Tfunction) | |
| 2948 { error(loc, "functions cannot return a function"); | |
| 2949 tf->next = Type::terror; | |
| 2950 } | |
| 2951 if (tf->next->toBasetype()->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 2952 { error(loc, "functions cannot return a tuple"); | |
| 2953 tf->next = Type::terror; | |
| 2954 } | |
| 2955 if (tf->next->isauto() && !(sc->flags & SCOPEctor)) | |
| 2956 error(loc, "functions cannot return auto %s", tf->next->toChars()); | |
| 2957 | |
| 2958 if (tf->parameters) | |
| 2959 { size_t dim = Argument::dim(tf->parameters); | |
| 2960 | |
| 2961 for (size_t i = 0; i < dim; i++) | |
| 2962 { Argument *arg = Argument::getNth(tf->parameters, i); | |
| 2963 Type *t; | |
| 2964 | |
| 2965 tf->inuse++; | |
| 2966 arg->type = arg->type->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2967 if (tf->inuse == 1) tf->inuse--; | |
|
780
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2968 |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2969 // each function needs its own copy of a tuple arg, since |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2970 // they mustn't share arg flags like inreg, ... |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2971 if (arg->type->ty == Ttuple) { |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2972 arg->type = arg->type->syntaxCopy(); |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2973 tf->inuse++; |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2974 arg->type = arg->type->semantic(loc,sc); |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2975 if (tf->inuse == 1) tf->inuse--; |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2976 } |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2977 |
| 159 | 2978 t = arg->type->toBasetype(); |
| 2979 | |
| 2980 if (arg->storageClass & (STCout | STCref | STClazy)) | |
| 2981 { | |
| 2982 if (t->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2983 error(loc, "cannot have out or ref parameter of type %s", t->toChars()); | |
| 2984 } | |
| 2985 if (!(arg->storageClass & STClazy) && t->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2986 error(loc, "cannot have parameter of type %s", arg->type->toChars()); | |
| 2987 | |
| 2988 if (arg->defaultArg) | |
| 2989 { | |
| 2990 arg->defaultArg = arg->defaultArg->semantic(sc); | |
| 2991 arg->defaultArg = resolveProperties(sc, arg->defaultArg); | |
| 2992 arg->defaultArg = arg->defaultArg->implicitCastTo(sc, arg->type); | |
| 2993 } | |
| 2994 | |
| 2995 /* If arg turns out to be a tuple, the number of parameters may | |
| 2996 * change. | |
| 2997 */ | |
| 2998 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 2999 { dim = Argument::dim(tf->parameters); | |
| 3000 i--; | |
| 3001 } | |
| 3002 } | |
| 3003 } | |
| 3004 tf->deco = tf->merge()->deco; | |
| 3005 | |
| 3006 if (tf->inuse) | |
| 3007 { error(loc, "recursive type"); | |
| 3008 tf->inuse = 0; | |
| 3009 return terror; | |
| 3010 } | |
| 3011 | |
| 3012 if (tf->varargs == 1 && tf->linkage != LINKd && Argument::dim(tf->parameters) == 0) | |
| 3013 error(loc, "variadic functions with non-D linkage must have at least one parameter"); | |
| 3014 | |
| 3015 /* Don't return merge(), because arg identifiers and default args | |
| 3016 * can be different | |
| 3017 * even though the types match | |
| 3018 */ | |
| 3019 return tf; | |
| 3020 } | |
| 3021 | |
| 3022 /******************************** | |
| 3023 * 'args' are being matched to function 'this' | |
| 3024 * Determine match level. | |
| 3025 * Returns: | |
| 3026 * MATCHxxxx | |
| 3027 */ | |
| 3028 | |
| 3029 int TypeFunction::callMatch(Expressions *args) | |
| 3030 { | |
| 3031 //printf("TypeFunction::callMatch()\n"); | |
| 3032 int match = MATCHexact; // assume exact match | |
| 3033 | |
| 3034 size_t nparams = Argument::dim(parameters); | |
| 3035 size_t nargs = args ? args->dim : 0; | |
| 3036 if (nparams == nargs) | |
| 3037 ; | |
| 3038 else if (nargs > nparams) | |
| 3039 { | |
| 3040 if (varargs == 0) | |
| 3041 goto Nomatch; // too many args; no match | |
| 3042 match = MATCHconvert; // match ... with a "conversion" match level | |
| 3043 } | |
| 3044 | |
| 3045 for (size_t u = 0; u < nparams; u++) | |
| 3046 { int m; | |
| 3047 Expression *arg; | |
| 3048 | |
| 3049 // BUG: what about out and ref? | |
| 3050 | |
| 3051 Argument *p = Argument::getNth(parameters, u); | |
| 3052 assert(p); | |
| 3053 if (u >= nargs) | |
| 3054 { | |
| 3055 if (p->defaultArg) | |
| 3056 continue; | |
| 3057 if (varargs == 2 && u + 1 == nparams) | |
| 3058 goto L1; | |
| 3059 goto Nomatch; // not enough arguments | |
| 3060 } | |
| 3061 arg = (Expression *)args->data[u]; | |
| 3062 assert(arg); | |
| 3063 if (p->storageClass & STClazy && p->type->ty == Tvoid && arg->type->ty != Tvoid) | |
| 3064 m = MATCHconvert; | |
| 3065 else | |
| 3066 m = arg->implicitConvTo(p->type); | |
| 3067 //printf("\tm = %d\n", m); | |
| 3068 if (m == MATCHnomatch) // if no match | |
| 3069 { | |
| 3070 L1: | |
| 3071 if (varargs == 2 && u + 1 == nparams) // if last varargs param | |
| 3072 { Type *tb = p->type->toBasetype(); | |
| 3073 TypeSArray *tsa; | |
| 3074 integer_t sz; | |
| 3075 | |
| 3076 switch (tb->ty) | |
| 3077 { | |
| 3078 case Tsarray: | |
| 3079 tsa = (TypeSArray *)tb; | |
| 3080 sz = tsa->dim->toInteger(); | |
| 3081 if (sz != nargs - u) | |
| 3082 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3083 case Tarray: | |
| 3084 for (; u < nargs; u++) | |
| 3085 { | |
| 3086 arg = (Expression *)args->data[u]; | |
| 3087 assert(arg); | |
| 3088 #if 1 | |
| 3089 /* If lazy array of delegates, | |
| 3090 * convert arg(s) to delegate(s) | |
| 3091 */ | |
| 3092 Type *tret = p->isLazyArray(); | |
| 3093 if (tret) | |
| 3094 { | |
| 3095 if (tb->next->equals(arg->type)) | |
| 3096 { m = MATCHexact; | |
| 3097 } | |
| 3098 else | |
| 3099 { | |
| 3100 m = arg->implicitConvTo(tret); | |
| 3101 if (m == MATCHnomatch) | |
| 3102 { | |
| 3103 if (tret->toBasetype()->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 3104 m = MATCHconvert; | |
| 3105 } | |
| 3106 } | |
| 3107 } | |
| 3108 else | |
| 3109 m = arg->implicitConvTo(tb->next); | |
| 3110 #else | |
| 3111 m = arg->implicitConvTo(tb->next); | |
| 3112 #endif | |
| 3113 if (m == 0) | |
| 3114 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3115 if (m < match) | |
| 3116 match = m; | |
| 3117 } | |
| 3118 goto Ldone; | |
| 3119 | |
| 3120 case Tclass: | |
| 3121 // Should see if there's a constructor match? | |
| 3122 // Or just leave it ambiguous? | |
| 3123 goto Ldone; | |
| 3124 | |
| 3125 default: | |
| 3126 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3127 } | |
| 3128 } | |
| 3129 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3130 } | |
| 3131 if (m < match) | |
| 3132 match = m; // pick worst match | |
| 3133 } | |
| 3134 | |
| 3135 Ldone: | |
| 3136 //printf("match = %d\n", match); | |
| 3137 return match; | |
| 3138 | |
| 3139 Nomatch: | |
| 3140 //printf("no match\n"); | |
| 3141 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 3142 } | |
| 3143 | |
| 3144 Type *TypeFunction::reliesOnTident() | |
| 3145 { | |
| 3146 if (parameters) | |
| 3147 { | |
| 3148 for (size_t i = 0; i < parameters->dim; i++) | |
| 3149 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 3150 Type *t = arg->type->reliesOnTident(); | |
| 3151 if (t) | |
| 3152 return t; | |
| 3153 } | |
| 3154 } | |
| 3155 return next->reliesOnTident(); | |
| 3156 } | |
| 3157 | |
| 3158 /***************************** TypeDelegate *****************************/ | |
| 3159 | |
| 3160 TypeDelegate::TypeDelegate(Type *t) | |
| 3161 : Type(Tfunction, t) | |
| 3162 { | |
| 3163 ty = Tdelegate; | |
| 3164 } | |
| 3165 | |
| 3166 Type *TypeDelegate::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3167 { | |
| 3168 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 3169 if (t == next) | |
| 3170 t = this; | |
| 3171 else | |
| 3172 t = new TypeDelegate(t); | |
| 3173 return t; | |
| 3174 } | |
| 3175 | |
| 3176 Type *TypeDelegate::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3177 { | |
| 3178 if (deco) // if semantic() already run | |
| 3179 { | |
| 3180 //printf("already done\n"); | |
| 3181 return this; | |
| 3182 } | |
| 3183 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 3184 return merge(); | |
| 3185 } | |
| 3186 | |
| 3187 d_uns64 TypeDelegate::size(Loc loc) | |
| 3188 { | |
| 3189 return PTRSIZE * 2; | |
| 3190 } | |
| 3191 | |
|
797
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3192 // LDC added, no reason to align to 2*PTRSIZE |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3193 unsigned TypeDelegate::alignsize() |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3194 { |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3195 // A Delegate consists of two ptr values, so align it on pointer size |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3196 // boundary |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3197 return PTRSIZE; |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3198 } |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3199 |
| 159 | 3200 void TypeDelegate::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) |
| 3201 { | |
| 3202 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3203 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3204 return; | |
| 3205 } | |
| 3206 TypeFunction *tf = (TypeFunction *)next; | |
| 3207 | |
| 3208 tf->next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 3209 buf->writestring(" delegate"); | |
| 3210 Argument::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, tf->parameters, tf->varargs); | |
| 3211 } | |
| 3212 | |
| 3213 Expression *TypeDelegate::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 3214 { | |
| 3215 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 3216 printf("TypeDelegate::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 3217 #endif | |
| 3218 Expression *e; | |
| 3219 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 3220 e->type = this; | |
| 3221 return e; | |
| 3222 } | |
| 3223 | |
| 3224 int TypeDelegate::isZeroInit() | |
| 3225 { | |
| 3226 return 1; | |
| 3227 } | |
| 3228 | |
| 3229 int TypeDelegate::checkBoolean() | |
| 3230 { | |
| 3231 return TRUE; | |
| 3232 } | |
| 3233 | |
| 3234 Expression *TypeDelegate::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 3235 { | |
| 3236 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 3237 printf("TypeDelegate::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 3238 #endif | |
| 3239 if (ident == Id::ptr) | |
| 3240 { | |
|
599
4435f57956e7
Fixed .funcptr property of delegates, no longer uses the infamous DMD rewrites to pointer arithmetic, instead a GEPExp has been introduced.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
591
diff
changeset
|
3241 e = new GEPExp(e->loc, e, ident, 0); |
| 159 | 3242 e->type = tvoidptr; |
| 3243 return e; | |
| 3244 } | |
| 3245 else if (ident == Id::funcptr) | |
| 3246 { | |
|
599
4435f57956e7
Fixed .funcptr property of delegates, no longer uses the infamous DMD rewrites to pointer arithmetic, instead a GEPExp has been introduced.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
591
diff
changeset
|
3247 e = new GEPExp(e->loc, e, ident, 1); |
|
4435f57956e7
Fixed .funcptr property of delegates, no longer uses the infamous DMD rewrites to pointer arithmetic, instead a GEPExp has been introduced.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
591
diff
changeset
|
3248 e->type = tvoidptr; |
| 159 | 3249 return e; |
| 3250 } | |
| 3251 else | |
| 3252 { | |
| 3253 e = Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 3254 } | |
| 3255 return e; | |
| 3256 } | |
| 3257 | |
| 3258 int TypeDelegate::hasPointers() | |
| 3259 { | |
| 3260 return TRUE; | |
| 3261 } | |
| 3262 | |
| 3263 | |
| 3264 | |
| 3265 /***************************** TypeQualified *****************************/ | |
| 3266 | |
| 3267 TypeQualified::TypeQualified(TY ty, Loc loc) | |
| 3268 : Type(ty, NULL) | |
| 3269 { | |
| 3270 this->loc = loc; | |
| 3271 } | |
| 3272 | |
| 3273 void TypeQualified::syntaxCopyHelper(TypeQualified *t) | |
| 3274 { | |
| 3275 //printf("TypeQualified::syntaxCopyHelper(%s) %s\n", t->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 3276 idents.setDim(t->idents.dim); | |
| 3277 for (int i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3278 { | |
| 3279 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)t->idents.data[i]; | |
| 3280 if (id->dyncast() == DYNCAST_DSYMBOL) | |
| 3281 { | |
| 3282 TemplateInstance *ti = (TemplateInstance *)id; | |
| 3283 | |
| 3284 ti = (TemplateInstance *)ti->syntaxCopy(NULL); | |
| 3285 id = (Identifier *)ti; | |
| 3286 } | |
| 3287 idents.data[i] = id; | |
| 3288 } | |
| 3289 } | |
| 3290 | |
| 3291 | |
| 3292 void TypeQualified::addIdent(Identifier *ident) | |
| 3293 { | |
| 3294 idents.push(ident); | |
| 3295 } | |
| 3296 | |
| 3297 void TypeQualified::toCBuffer2Helper(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 3298 { | |
| 3299 int i; | |
| 3300 | |
| 3301 for (i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3302 { Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3303 | |
| 3304 buf->writeByte('.'); | |
| 3305 | |
| 3306 if (id->dyncast() == DYNCAST_DSYMBOL) | |
| 3307 { | |
| 3308 TemplateInstance *ti = (TemplateInstance *)id; | |
| 3309 ti->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 3310 } | |
| 3311 else | |
| 3312 buf->writestring(id->toChars()); | |
| 3313 } | |
| 3314 } | |
| 3315 | |
| 3316 d_uns64 TypeQualified::size(Loc loc) | |
| 3317 { | |
| 3318 error(this->loc, "size of type %s is not known", toChars()); | |
| 3319 return 1; | |
| 3320 } | |
| 3321 | |
| 3322 /************************************* | |
| 3323 * Takes an array of Identifiers and figures out if | |
| 3324 * it represents a Type or an Expression. | |
| 3325 * Output: | |
| 3326 * if expression, *pe is set | |
| 3327 * if type, *pt is set | |
| 3328 */ | |
| 3329 | |
| 3330 void TypeQualified::resolveHelper(Loc loc, Scope *sc, | |
| 3331 Dsymbol *s, Dsymbol *scopesym, | |
| 3332 Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 3333 { | |
| 3334 Identifier *id = NULL; | |
| 3335 int i; | |
| 3336 VarDeclaration *v; | |
| 3337 EnumMember *em; | |
| 3338 TupleDeclaration *td; | |
| 3339 Type *t; | |
| 3340 Expression *e; | |
| 3341 | |
| 3342 #if 0 | |
| 3343 printf("TypeQualified::resolveHelper(sc = %p, idents = '%s')\n", sc, toChars()); | |
| 3344 if (scopesym) | |
| 3345 printf("\tscopesym = '%s'\n", scopesym->toChars()); | |
| 3346 #endif | |
| 3347 *pe = NULL; | |
| 3348 *pt = NULL; | |
| 3349 *ps = NULL; | |
| 3350 if (s) | |
| 3351 { | |
| 3352 //printf("\t1: s = '%s' %p, kind = '%s'\n",s->toChars(), s, s->kind()); | |
| 336 | 3353 s->checkDeprecated(loc, sc); // check for deprecated aliases |
| 159 | 3354 s = s->toAlias(); |
| 3355 //printf("\t2: s = '%s' %p, kind = '%s'\n",s->toChars(), s, s->kind()); | |
| 3356 for (i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3357 { Dsymbol *sm; | |
| 3358 | |
| 3359 id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3360 sm = s->searchX(loc, sc, id); | |
| 3361 //printf("\t3: s = '%s' %p, kind = '%s'\n",s->toChars(), s, s->kind()); | |
| 3362 //printf("getType = '%s'\n", s->getType()->toChars()); | |
| 3363 if (!sm) | |
| 3364 { | |
| 3365 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 3366 if (v && id == Id::length) | |
| 3367 { | |
| 3368 if (v->isConst() && v->getExpInitializer()) | |
| 3369 { e = v->getExpInitializer()->exp; | |
| 3370 } | |
| 3371 else | |
| 3372 e = new VarExp(loc, v); | |
| 3373 t = e->type; | |
| 3374 if (!t) | |
| 3375 goto Lerror; | |
| 3376 goto L3; | |
| 3377 } | |
| 3378 t = s->getType(); | |
| 3379 if (!t && s->isDeclaration()) | |
| 3380 t = s->isDeclaration()->type; | |
| 3381 if (t) | |
| 3382 { | |
| 3383 sm = t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 3384 if (sm) | |
| 3385 { sm = sm->search(loc, id, 0); | |
| 3386 if (sm) | |
| 3387 goto L2; | |
| 3388 } | |
| 3389 //e = t->getProperty(loc, id); | |
| 3390 e = new TypeExp(loc, t); | |
| 3391 e = t->dotExp(sc, e, id); | |
| 3392 i++; | |
| 3393 L3: | |
| 3394 for (; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3395 { | |
| 3396 id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3397 //printf("e: '%s', id: '%s', type = %p\n", e->toChars(), id->toChars(), e->type); | |
| 3398 e = e->type->dotExp(sc, e, id); | |
| 3399 } | |
| 3400 *pe = e; | |
| 3401 } | |
| 3402 else | |
| 3403 Lerror: | |
| 3404 error(loc, "identifier '%s' of '%s' is not defined", id->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 3405 return; | |
| 3406 } | |
| 3407 L2: | |
| 3408 s = sm->toAlias(); | |
| 3409 } | |
| 3410 | |
| 3411 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 3412 if (v) | |
| 3413 { | |
| 3414 // It's not a type, it's an expression | |
| 3415 if (v->isConst() && v->getExpInitializer()) | |
| 3416 { | |
| 3417 ExpInitializer *ei = v->getExpInitializer(); | |
| 3418 assert(ei); | |
| 3419 *pe = ei->exp->copy(); // make copy so we can change loc | |
| 3420 (*pe)->loc = loc; | |
| 3421 } | |
| 3422 else | |
| 3423 { | |
| 3424 #if 0 | |
| 3425 WithScopeSymbol *withsym; | |
| 3426 if (scopesym && (withsym = scopesym->isWithScopeSymbol()) != NULL) | |
| 3427 { | |
| 3428 // Same as wthis.ident | |
| 3429 e = new VarExp(loc, withsym->withstate->wthis); | |
| 3430 e = new DotIdExp(loc, e, ident); | |
| 3431 //assert(0); // BUG: should handle this | |
| 3432 } | |
| 3433 else | |
| 3434 #endif | |
| 3435 *pe = new VarExp(loc, v); | |
| 3436 } | |
| 3437 return; | |
| 3438 } | |
| 3439 em = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 3440 if (em) | |
| 3441 { | |
| 3442 // It's not a type, it's an expression | |
| 3443 *pe = em->value->copy(); | |
| 3444 return; | |
| 3445 } | |
| 3446 | |
| 3447 L1: | |
| 3448 t = s->getType(); | |
| 3449 if (!t) | |
| 3450 { | |
| 3451 // If the symbol is an import, try looking inside the import | |
| 3452 Import *si; | |
| 3453 | |
| 3454 si = s->isImport(); | |
| 3455 if (si) | |
| 3456 { | |
| 3457 s = si->search(loc, s->ident, 0); | |
| 3458 if (s && s != si) | |
| 3459 goto L1; | |
| 3460 s = si; | |
| 3461 } | |
| 3462 *ps = s; | |
| 3463 return; | |
| 3464 } | |
| 3465 if (t->ty == Tinstance && t != this && !t->deco) | |
| 3466 { error(loc, "forward reference to '%s'", t->toChars()); | |
| 3467 return; | |
| 3468 } | |
| 3469 | |
| 3470 if (t != this) | |
| 3471 { | |
| 3472 if (t->reliesOnTident()) | |
| 3473 { | |
| 3474 Scope *scx; | |
| 3475 | |
| 3476 for (scx = sc; 1; scx = scx->enclosing) | |
| 3477 { | |
| 3478 if (!scx) | |
| 3479 { error(loc, "forward reference to '%s'", t->toChars()); | |
| 3480 return; | |
| 3481 } | |
| 3482 if (scx->scopesym == scopesym) | |
| 3483 break; | |
| 3484 } | |
| 3485 t = t->semantic(loc, scx); | |
| 3486 //((TypeIdentifier *)t)->resolve(loc, scx, pe, &t, ps); | |
| 3487 } | |
| 3488 } | |
| 3489 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
|
772
cd7da2ba14d1
Fix bug reported by downs. Related to delegate types within tuple template parameters.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
771
diff
changeset
|
3490 *pt = t; |
| 159 | 3491 else |
| 3492 *pt = t->merge(); | |
| 3493 } | |
| 3494 if (!s) | |
| 3495 { | |
| 3496 error(loc, "identifier '%s' is not defined", toChars()); | |
| 3497 } | |
| 3498 } | |
| 3499 | |
| 3500 /***************************** TypeIdentifier *****************************/ | |
| 3501 | |
| 3502 TypeIdentifier::TypeIdentifier(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 3503 : TypeQualified(Tident, loc) | |
| 3504 { | |
| 3505 this->ident = ident; | |
| 3506 } | |
| 3507 | |
| 3508 | |
| 3509 Type *TypeIdentifier::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3510 { | |
| 3511 TypeIdentifier *t; | |
| 3512 | |
| 3513 t = new TypeIdentifier(loc, ident); | |
| 3514 t->syntaxCopyHelper(this); | |
| 3515 return t; | |
| 3516 } | |
| 3517 | |
| 3518 void TypeIdentifier::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 3519 { unsigned len; | |
| 3520 char *name; | |
| 3521 | |
| 3522 name = ident->toChars(); | |
| 3523 len = strlen(name); | |
| 3524 buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 3525 //buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 3526 } | |
| 3527 | |
| 3528 void TypeIdentifier::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 3529 { | |
| 3530 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3531 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3532 return; | |
| 3533 } | |
| 3534 buf->writestring(this->ident->toChars()); | |
| 3535 toCBuffer2Helper(buf, hgs); | |
| 3536 } | |
| 3537 | |
| 3538 /************************************* | |
| 3539 * Takes an array of Identifiers and figures out if | |
| 3540 * it represents a Type or an Expression. | |
| 3541 * Output: | |
| 3542 * if expression, *pe is set | |
| 3543 * if type, *pt is set | |
| 3544 */ | |
| 3545 | |
| 3546 void TypeIdentifier::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 3547 { Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3548 Dsymbol *scopesym; | |
| 3549 | |
| 3550 //printf("TypeIdentifier::resolve(sc = %p, idents = '%s')\n", sc, toChars()); | |
| 3551 s = sc->search(loc, ident, &scopesym); | |
| 3552 resolveHelper(loc, sc, s, scopesym, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 3553 } | |
| 3554 | |
| 3555 /***************************************** | |
| 3556 * See if type resolves to a symbol, if so, | |
| 3557 * return that symbol. | |
| 3558 */ | |
| 3559 | |
| 3560 Dsymbol *TypeIdentifier::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 3561 { | |
| 3562 //printf("TypeIdentifier::toDsymbol('%s')\n", toChars()); | |
| 3563 if (!sc) | |
| 3564 return NULL; | |
| 3565 //printf("ident = '%s'\n", ident->toChars()); | |
| 3566 | |
| 3567 Dsymbol *scopesym; | |
| 3568 Dsymbol *s = sc->search(loc, ident, &scopesym); | |
| 3569 if (s) | |
| 3570 { | |
| 3571 for (int i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3572 { | |
| 3573 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3574 s = s->searchX(loc, sc, id); | |
| 3575 if (!s) // failed to find a symbol | |
| 3576 { //printf("\tdidn't find a symbol\n"); | |
| 3577 break; | |
| 3578 } | |
| 3579 } | |
| 3580 } | |
| 3581 return s; | |
| 3582 } | |
| 3583 | |
| 3584 Type *TypeIdentifier::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3585 { | |
| 3586 Type *t; | |
| 3587 Expression *e; | |
| 3588 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3589 | |
| 3590 //printf("TypeIdentifier::semantic(%s)\n", toChars()); | |
| 3591 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 3592 if (t) | |
| 3593 { | |
| 3594 //printf("\tit's a type %d, %s, %s\n", t->ty, t->toChars(), t->deco); | |
| 3595 | |
| 3596 if (t->ty == Ttypedef) | |
| 3597 { TypeTypedef *tt = (TypeTypedef *)t; | |
| 3598 | |
| 3599 if (tt->sym->sem == 1) | |
| 3600 error(loc, "circular reference of typedef %s", tt->toChars()); | |
| 3601 } | |
| 3602 } | |
| 3603 else | |
| 3604 { | |
| 3605 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 3606 if (!global.gag) | |
| 3607 printf("1: "); | |
| 3608 #endif | |
| 3609 if (s) | |
| 3610 { | |
| 3611 s->error(loc, "is used as a type"); | |
| 3612 } | |
| 3613 else | |
| 3614 error(loc, "%s is used as a type", toChars()); | |
| 3615 t = tvoid; | |
| 3616 } | |
| 3617 //t->print(); | |
| 3618 return t; | |
| 3619 } | |
| 3620 | |
| 3621 Type *TypeIdentifier::reliesOnTident() | |
| 3622 { | |
| 3623 return this; | |
| 3624 } | |
| 3625 | |
| 3626 Expression *TypeIdentifier::toExpression() | |
| 3627 { | |
| 3628 Expression *e = new IdentifierExp(loc, ident); | |
| 3629 for (int i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3630 { | |
| 3631 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3632 e = new DotIdExp(loc, e, id); | |
| 3633 } | |
| 3634 | |
| 3635 return e; | |
| 3636 } | |
| 3637 | |
| 3638 /***************************** TypeInstance *****************************/ | |
| 3639 | |
| 3640 TypeInstance::TypeInstance(Loc loc, TemplateInstance *tempinst) | |
| 3641 : TypeQualified(Tinstance, loc) | |
| 3642 { | |
| 3643 this->tempinst = tempinst; | |
| 3644 } | |
| 3645 | |
| 3646 Type *TypeInstance::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3647 { | |
| 3648 //printf("TypeInstance::syntaxCopy() %s, %d\n", toChars(), idents.dim); | |
| 3649 TypeInstance *t; | |
| 3650 | |
| 3651 t = new TypeInstance(loc, (TemplateInstance *)tempinst->syntaxCopy(NULL)); | |
| 3652 t->syntaxCopyHelper(this); | |
| 3653 return t; | |
| 3654 } | |
| 3655 | |
| 3656 | |
| 3657 void TypeInstance::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 3658 { | |
| 3659 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3660 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3661 return; | |
| 3662 } | |
| 3663 tempinst->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 3664 toCBuffer2Helper(buf, hgs); | |
| 3665 } | |
| 3666 | |
| 3667 void TypeInstance::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 3668 { | |
| 3669 // Note close similarity to TypeIdentifier::resolve() | |
| 3670 | |
| 3671 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3672 | |
| 3673 *pe = NULL; | |
| 3674 *pt = NULL; | |
| 3675 *ps = NULL; | |
| 3676 | |
| 3677 #if 0 | |
| 3678 if (!idents.dim) | |
| 3679 { | |
| 3680 error(loc, "template instance '%s' has no identifier", toChars()); | |
| 3681 return; | |
| 3682 } | |
| 3683 #endif | |
| 3684 //id = (Identifier *)idents.data[0]; | |
| 3685 //printf("TypeInstance::resolve(sc = %p, idents = '%s')\n", sc, id->toChars()); | |
| 3686 s = tempinst; | |
| 3687 if (s) | |
| 3688 s->semantic(sc); | |
| 3689 resolveHelper(loc, sc, s, NULL, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 3690 //printf("pt = '%s'\n", (*pt)->toChars()); | |
| 3691 } | |
| 3692 | |
| 3693 Type *TypeInstance::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3694 { | |
| 3695 Type *t; | |
| 3696 Expression *e; | |
| 3697 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3698 | |
| 3699 //printf("TypeInstance::semantic(%s)\n", toChars()); | |
| 3700 | |
| 3701 if (sc->parameterSpecialization) | |
| 3702 { | |
| 3703 unsigned errors = global.errors; | |
| 3704 global.gag++; | |
| 3705 | |
| 3706 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 3707 | |
| 3708 global.gag--; | |
| 3709 if (errors != global.errors) | |
| 3710 { if (global.gag == 0) | |
| 3711 global.errors = errors; | |
| 3712 return this; | |
| 3713 } | |
| 3714 } | |
| 3715 else | |
| 3716 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 3717 | |
| 3718 if (!t) | |
| 3719 { | |
| 3720 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 3721 printf("2: "); | |
| 3722 #endif | |
| 3723 error(loc, "%s is used as a type", toChars()); | |
| 3724 t = tvoid; | |
| 3725 } | |
| 3726 return t; | |
| 3727 } | |
| 3728 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3729 Dsymbol *TypeInstance::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3730 { |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3731 Type *t; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3732 Expression *e; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3733 Dsymbol *s; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3734 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3735 //printf("TypeInstance::semantic(%s)\n", toChars()); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3736 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3737 if (sc->parameterSpecialization) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3738 { |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3739 unsigned errors = global.errors; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3740 global.gag++; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3741 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3742 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3743 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3744 global.gag--; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3745 if (errors != global.errors) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3746 { if (global.gag == 0) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3747 global.errors = errors; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3748 return NULL; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3749 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3750 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3751 else |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3752 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3753 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3754 return s; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3755 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3756 |
| 159 | 3757 |
| 3758 /***************************** TypeTypeof *****************************/ | |
| 3759 | |
| 3760 TypeTypeof::TypeTypeof(Loc loc, Expression *exp) | |
| 3761 : TypeQualified(Ttypeof, loc) | |
| 3762 { | |
| 3763 this->exp = exp; | |
| 3764 } | |
| 3765 | |
| 3766 Type *TypeTypeof::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3767 { | |
| 3768 TypeTypeof *t; | |
| 3769 | |
| 3770 t = new TypeTypeof(loc, exp->syntaxCopy()); | |
| 3771 t->syntaxCopyHelper(this); | |
| 3772 return t; | |
| 3773 } | |
| 3774 | |
| 3775 Dsymbol *TypeTypeof::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 3776 { | |
| 3777 Type *t; | |
| 3778 | |
| 336 | 3779 t = semantic(loc, sc); |
| 159 | 3780 if (t == this) |
| 3781 return NULL; | |
| 3782 return t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 3783 } | |
| 3784 | |
| 3785 void TypeTypeof::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 3786 { | |
| 3787 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3788 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3789 return; | |
| 3790 } | |
| 3791 buf->writestring("typeof("); | |
| 3792 exp->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 3793 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 3794 toCBuffer2Helper(buf, hgs); | |
| 3795 } | |
| 3796 | |
| 3797 Type *TypeTypeof::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3798 { Expression *e; | |
| 3799 Type *t; | |
| 3800 | |
| 3801 //printf("TypeTypeof::semantic() %p\n", this); | |
| 3802 | |
| 3803 //static int nest; if (++nest == 50) *(char*)0=0; | |
| 3804 | |
| 3805 #if 0 | |
| 3806 /* Special case for typeof(this) and typeof(super) since both | |
| 3807 * should work even if they are not inside a non-static member function | |
| 3808 */ | |
| 3809 if (exp->op == TOKthis || exp->op == TOKsuper) | |
| 3810 { | |
| 3811 // Find enclosing struct or class | |
| 3812 for (Dsymbol *s = sc->parent; 1; s = s->parent) | |
| 3813 { | |
| 3814 ClassDeclaration *cd; | |
| 3815 StructDeclaration *sd; | |
| 3816 | |
| 3817 if (!s) | |
| 3818 { | |
| 3819 error(loc, "%s is not in a struct or class scope", exp->toChars()); | |
| 3820 goto Lerr; | |
| 3821 } | |
| 3822 cd = s->isClassDeclaration(); | |
| 3823 if (cd) | |
| 3824 { | |
| 3825 if (exp->op == TOKsuper) | |
| 3826 { | |
| 3827 cd = cd->baseClass; | |
| 3828 if (!cd) | |
| 3829 { error(loc, "class %s has no 'super'", s->toChars()); | |
| 3830 goto Lerr; | |
| 3831 } | |
| 3832 } | |
| 3833 t = cd->type; | |
| 3834 break; | |
| 3835 } | |
| 3836 sd = s->isStructDeclaration(); | |
| 3837 if (sd) | |
| 3838 { | |
| 3839 if (exp->op == TOKsuper) | |
| 3840 { | |
| 3841 error(loc, "struct %s has no 'super'", sd->toChars()); | |
| 3842 goto Lerr; | |
| 3843 } | |
| 3844 t = sd->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 3845 break; | |
| 3846 } | |
| 3847 } | |
| 3848 } | |
| 3849 else | |
| 3850 #endif | |
| 3851 { | |
| 3852 sc->intypeof++; | |
| 3853 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 3854 sc->intypeof--; | |
| 336 | 3855 if (exp->op == TOKtype) |
| 3856 { | |
| 3857 error(loc, "argument %s to typeof is not an expression", exp->toChars()); | |
| 3858 } | |
| 159 | 3859 t = exp->type; |
| 3860 if (!t) | |
| 3861 { | |
| 3862 error(loc, "expression (%s) has no type", exp->toChars()); | |
| 3863 goto Lerr; | |
| 3864 } | |
| 3865 } | |
| 3866 | |
| 3867 if (idents.dim) | |
| 3868 { | |
| 3869 Dsymbol *s = t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 3870 for (size_t i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3871 { | |
| 3872 if (!s) | |
| 3873 break; | |
| 3874 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3875 s = s->searchX(loc, sc, id); | |
| 3876 } | |
| 3877 if (s) | |
| 3878 { | |
| 3879 t = s->getType(); | |
| 3880 if (!t) | |
| 3881 { error(loc, "%s is not a type", s->toChars()); | |
| 3882 goto Lerr; | |
| 3883 } | |
| 3884 } | |
| 3885 else | |
| 3886 { error(loc, "cannot resolve .property for %s", toChars()); | |
| 3887 goto Lerr; | |
| 3888 } | |
| 3889 } | |
| 3890 return t; | |
| 3891 | |
| 3892 Lerr: | |
| 3893 return tvoid; | |
| 3894 } | |
| 3895 | |
| 3896 d_uns64 TypeTypeof::size(Loc loc) | |
| 3897 { | |
| 3898 if (exp->type) | |
| 3899 return exp->type->size(loc); | |
| 3900 else | |
| 3901 return TypeQualified::size(loc); | |
| 3902 } | |
| 3903 | |
| 3904 | |
| 3905 | |
| 3906 /***************************** TypeEnum *****************************/ | |
| 3907 | |
| 3908 TypeEnum::TypeEnum(EnumDeclaration *sym) | |
| 3909 : Type(Tenum, NULL) | |
| 3910 { | |
| 3911 this->sym = sym; | |
| 3912 } | |
| 3913 | |
| 3914 char *TypeEnum::toChars() | |
| 3915 { | |
| 3916 return sym->toChars(); | |
| 3917 } | |
| 3918 | |
|
486
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3919 Type *TypeEnum::syntaxCopy() |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3920 { |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3921 return this; |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3922 } |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3923 |
| 159 | 3924 Type *TypeEnum::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) |
| 3925 { | |
| 3926 sym->semantic(sc); | |
| 3927 return merge(); | |
| 3928 } | |
| 3929 | |
| 3930 d_uns64 TypeEnum::size(Loc loc) | |
| 3931 { | |
| 3932 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 3933 { | |
| 3934 error(loc, "enum %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
| 3935 return 4; | |
| 3936 } | |
| 3937 return sym->memtype->size(loc); | |
| 3938 } | |
| 3939 | |
| 3940 unsigned TypeEnum::alignsize() | |
| 3941 { | |
| 3942 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 3943 { | |
| 3944 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 3945 printf("1: "); | |
| 3946 #endif | |
| 3947 error(0, "enum %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
| 3948 return 4; | |
| 3949 } | |
| 3950 return sym->memtype->alignsize(); | |
| 3951 } | |
| 3952 | |
| 3953 Dsymbol *TypeEnum::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 3954 { | |
| 3955 return sym; | |
| 3956 } | |
| 3957 | |
| 3958 Type *TypeEnum::toBasetype() | |
| 3959 { | |
| 3960 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 3961 { | |
| 3962 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 3963 printf("2: "); | |
| 3964 #endif | |
| 3965 error(sym->loc, "enum %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
| 3966 return tint32; | |
| 3967 } | |
| 3968 return sym->memtype->toBasetype(); | |
| 3969 } | |
| 3970 | |
| 3971 void TypeEnum::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 3972 { char *name; | |
| 3973 | |
| 3974 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 3975 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 3976 // name += 2; | |
| 3977 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 3978 } | |
| 3979 | |
| 3980 void TypeEnum::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 3981 { | |
| 3982 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3983 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3984 return; | |
| 3985 } | |
| 3986 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 3987 } | |
| 3988 | |
| 3989 Expression *TypeEnum::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 3990 { | |
| 3991 EnumMember *m; | |
| 3992 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3993 Expression *em; | |
| 3994 | |
| 3995 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 3996 printf("TypeEnum::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s') '%s'\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 3997 #endif | |
| 3998 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 3999 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4000 s = sym->symtab->lookup(ident); | |
| 4001 if (!s) | |
| 4002 { | |
| 4003 return getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 4004 } | |
| 4005 m = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 4006 em = m->value->copy(); | |
| 4007 em->loc = e->loc; | |
| 4008 return em; | |
| 4009 | |
| 4010 Lfwd: | |
| 4011 error(e->loc, "forward reference of %s.%s", toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4012 return new IntegerExp(0, 0, this); | |
| 4013 } | |
| 4014 | |
| 4015 Expression *TypeEnum::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4016 { Expression *e; | |
| 4017 | |
| 4018 if (ident == Id::max) | |
| 4019 { | |
| 4020 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 4021 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4022 e = new IntegerExp(0, sym->maxval, this); | |
| 4023 } | |
| 4024 else if (ident == Id::min) | |
| 4025 { | |
| 4026 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 4027 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4028 e = new IntegerExp(0, sym->minval, this); | |
| 4029 } | |
| 4030 else if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 4031 { | |
| 4032 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 4033 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4034 e = defaultInit(loc); | |
| 4035 } | |
|
846
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4036 else if (ident == Id::stringof) |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4037 { char *s = toChars(); |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4038 e = new StringExp(loc, s, strlen(s), 'c'); |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4039 Scope sc; |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4040 e = e->semantic(&sc); |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4041 } |
| 159 | 4042 else |
| 4043 { | |
| 4044 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 4045 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4046 e = sym->memtype->getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 4047 } | |
| 4048 return e; | |
| 4049 | |
| 4050 Lfwd: | |
| 4051 error(loc, "forward reference of %s.%s", toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4052 return new IntegerExp(0, 0, this); | |
| 4053 } | |
| 4054 | |
| 4055 int TypeEnum::isintegral() | |
| 4056 { | |
| 4057 return 1; | |
| 4058 } | |
| 4059 | |
| 4060 int TypeEnum::isfloating() | |
| 4061 { | |
| 4062 return 0; | |
| 4063 } | |
| 4064 | |
| 4065 int TypeEnum::isunsigned() | |
| 4066 { | |
| 4067 return sym->memtype->isunsigned(); | |
| 4068 } | |
| 4069 | |
| 4070 int TypeEnum::isscalar() | |
| 4071 { | |
| 4072 return 1; | |
| 4073 //return sym->memtype->isscalar(); | |
| 4074 } | |
| 4075 | |
| 4076 MATCH TypeEnum::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 4077 { MATCH m; | |
| 4078 | |
| 4079 //printf("TypeEnum::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 4080 if (this->equals(to)) | |
| 4081 m = MATCHexact; // exact match | |
| 4082 else if (sym->memtype->implicitConvTo(to)) | |
| 4083 m = MATCHconvert; // match with conversions | |
| 4084 else | |
| 4085 m = MATCHnomatch; // no match | |
| 4086 return m; | |
| 4087 } | |
| 4088 | |
| 4089 Expression *TypeEnum::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 4090 { | |
| 4091 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 4092 printf("TypeEnum::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 4093 #endif | |
| 4094 // Initialize to first member of enum | |
| 4095 Expression *e; | |
| 4096 e = new IntegerExp(loc, sym->defaultval, this); | |
| 4097 return e; | |
| 4098 } | |
| 4099 | |
| 4100 int TypeEnum::isZeroInit() | |
| 4101 { | |
| 4102 return (sym->defaultval == 0); | |
| 4103 } | |
| 4104 | |
| 4105 int TypeEnum::hasPointers() | |
| 4106 { | |
| 4107 return toBasetype()->hasPointers(); | |
| 4108 } | |
| 4109 | |
| 4110 /***************************** TypeTypedef *****************************/ | |
| 4111 | |
| 4112 TypeTypedef::TypeTypedef(TypedefDeclaration *sym) | |
| 4113 : Type(Ttypedef, NULL) | |
| 4114 { | |
| 4115 this->sym = sym; | |
| 4116 } | |
| 4117 | |
| 4118 Type *TypeTypedef::syntaxCopy() | |
| 4119 { | |
| 4120 return this; | |
| 4121 } | |
| 4122 | |
| 4123 char *TypeTypedef::toChars() | |
| 4124 { | |
| 4125 return sym->toChars(); | |
| 4126 } | |
| 4127 | |
| 4128 Type *TypeTypedef::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 4129 { | |
| 4130 //printf("TypeTypedef::semantic(%s), sem = %d\n", toChars(), sym->sem); | |
| 4131 sym->semantic(sc); | |
| 4132 return merge(); | |
| 4133 } | |
| 4134 | |
| 4135 d_uns64 TypeTypedef::size(Loc loc) | |
| 4136 { | |
| 4137 return sym->basetype->size(loc); | |
| 4138 } | |
| 4139 | |
| 4140 unsigned TypeTypedef::alignsize() | |
| 4141 { | |
| 4142 return sym->basetype->alignsize(); | |
| 4143 } | |
| 4144 | |
| 4145 Dsymbol *TypeTypedef::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 4146 { | |
| 4147 return sym; | |
| 4148 } | |
| 4149 | |
| 4150 void TypeTypedef::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 4151 { unsigned len; | |
| 4152 char *name; | |
| 4153 | |
| 4154 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 4155 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 4156 // name += 2; | |
| 4157 //len = strlen(name); | |
| 4158 //buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 4159 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 4160 } | |
| 4161 | |
| 4162 void TypeTypedef::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 4163 { | |
| 4164 //printf("TypeTypedef::toCBuffer2() '%s'\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4165 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 4166 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 4167 return; | |
| 4168 } | |
| 4169 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 4170 } | |
| 4171 | |
| 4172 Expression *TypeTypedef::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4173 { | |
| 4174 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 4175 printf("TypeTypedef::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s') '%s'\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 4176 #endif | |
| 4177 if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 4178 { | |
| 4179 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4180 } | |
| 4181 return sym->basetype->dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4182 } | |
| 4183 | |
| 4184 Expression *TypeTypedef::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4185 { | |
| 4186 if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 4187 { | |
| 4188 return Type::getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 4189 } | |
| 4190 return sym->basetype->getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 4191 } | |
| 4192 | |
| 4193 int TypeTypedef::isbit() | |
| 4194 { | |
| 4195 return sym->basetype->isbit(); | |
| 4196 } | |
| 4197 | |
| 4198 int TypeTypedef::isintegral() | |
| 4199 { | |
| 4200 //printf("TypeTypedef::isintegral()\n"); | |
| 4201 //printf("sym = '%s'\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4202 //printf("basetype = '%s'\n", sym->basetype->toChars()); | |
| 4203 return sym->basetype->isintegral(); | |
| 4204 } | |
| 4205 | |
| 4206 int TypeTypedef::isfloating() | |
| 4207 { | |
| 4208 return sym->basetype->isfloating(); | |
| 4209 } | |
| 4210 | |
| 4211 int TypeTypedef::isreal() | |
| 4212 { | |
| 4213 return sym->basetype->isreal(); | |
| 4214 } | |
| 4215 | |
| 4216 int TypeTypedef::isimaginary() | |
| 4217 { | |
| 4218 return sym->basetype->isimaginary(); | |
| 4219 } | |
| 4220 | |
| 4221 int TypeTypedef::iscomplex() | |
| 4222 { | |
| 4223 return sym->basetype->iscomplex(); | |
| 4224 } | |
| 4225 | |
| 4226 int TypeTypedef::isunsigned() | |
| 4227 { | |
| 4228 return sym->basetype->isunsigned(); | |
| 4229 } | |
| 4230 | |
| 4231 int TypeTypedef::isscalar() | |
| 4232 { | |
| 4233 return sym->basetype->isscalar(); | |
| 4234 } | |
| 4235 | |
| 4236 int TypeTypedef::checkBoolean() | |
| 4237 { | |
| 4238 return sym->basetype->checkBoolean(); | |
| 4239 } | |
| 4240 | |
| 4241 Type *TypeTypedef::toBasetype() | |
| 4242 { | |
| 4243 if (sym->inuse) | |
| 4244 { | |
| 4245 sym->error("circular definition"); | |
| 4246 sym->basetype = Type::terror; | |
| 4247 return Type::terror; | |
| 4248 } | |
| 4249 sym->inuse = 1; | |
| 4250 Type *t = sym->basetype->toBasetype(); | |
| 4251 sym->inuse = 0; | |
| 4252 return t; | |
| 4253 } | |
| 4254 | |
| 4255 MATCH TypeTypedef::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 4256 { MATCH m; | |
| 4257 | |
| 4258 //printf("TypeTypedef::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 4259 if (this->equals(to)) | |
| 4260 m = MATCHexact; // exact match | |
| 4261 else if (sym->basetype->implicitConvTo(to)) | |
| 4262 m = MATCHconvert; // match with conversions | |
| 4263 else | |
| 4264 m = MATCHnomatch; // no match | |
| 4265 return m; | |
| 4266 } | |
| 4267 | |
| 4268 Expression *TypeTypedef::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 4269 { Expression *e; | |
| 4270 Type *bt; | |
| 4271 | |
| 4272 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 4273 printf("TypeTypedef::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 4274 #endif | |
| 4275 if (sym->init) | |
| 4276 { | |
| 4277 //sym->init->toExpression()->print(); | |
| 4278 return sym->init->toExpression(); | |
| 4279 } | |
| 4280 bt = sym->basetype; | |
| 4281 e = bt->defaultInit(loc); | |
| 4282 e->type = this; | |
| 4283 while (bt->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 4284 { | |
| 4285 e->type = bt->next; | |
| 4286 bt = bt->next->toBasetype(); | |
| 4287 } | |
| 4288 return e; | |
| 4289 } | |
| 4290 | |
| 4291 int TypeTypedef::isZeroInit() | |
| 4292 { | |
| 4293 if (sym->init) | |
| 4294 { | |
| 4295 if (sym->init->isVoidInitializer()) | |
| 4296 return 1; // initialize voids to 0 | |
| 4297 Expression *e = sym->init->toExpression(); | |
| 4298 if (e && e->isBool(FALSE)) | |
| 4299 return 1; | |
| 4300 return 0; // assume not | |
| 4301 } | |
| 4302 if (sym->inuse) | |
| 4303 { | |
| 4304 sym->error("circular definition"); | |
| 4305 sym->basetype = Type::terror; | |
| 4306 } | |
| 4307 sym->inuse = 1; | |
| 4308 int result = sym->basetype->isZeroInit(); | |
| 4309 sym->inuse = 0; | |
| 4310 return result; | |
| 4311 } | |
| 4312 | |
| 4313 int TypeTypedef::hasPointers() | |
| 4314 { | |
| 4315 return toBasetype()->hasPointers(); | |
| 4316 } | |
| 4317 | |
| 4318 /***************************** TypeStruct *****************************/ | |
| 4319 | |
| 4320 TypeStruct::TypeStruct(StructDeclaration *sym) | |
| 4321 : Type(Tstruct, NULL) | |
| 4322 { | |
| 4323 this->sym = sym; | |
| 4324 } | |
| 4325 | |
| 4326 char *TypeStruct::toChars() | |
| 4327 { | |
| 4328 //printf("sym.parent: %s, deco = %s\n", sym->parent->toChars(), deco); | |
| 4329 TemplateInstance *ti = sym->parent->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4330 if (ti && ti->toAlias() == sym) | |
| 4331 return ti->toChars(); | |
| 4332 return sym->toChars(); | |
| 4333 } | |
| 4334 | |
| 4335 Type *TypeStruct::syntaxCopy() | |
| 4336 { | |
| 4337 return this; | |
| 4338 } | |
| 4339 | |
| 4340 Type *TypeStruct::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 4341 { | |
| 4342 //printf("TypeStruct::semantic('%s')\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4343 | |
| 4344 /* Cannot do semantic for sym because scope chain may not | |
| 4345 * be right. | |
| 4346 */ | |
| 4347 //sym->semantic(sc); | |
| 4348 | |
| 4349 return merge(); | |
| 4350 } | |
| 4351 | |
| 4352 d_uns64 TypeStruct::size(Loc loc) | |
| 4353 { | |
| 4354 return sym->size(loc); | |
| 4355 } | |
| 4356 | |
| 4357 unsigned TypeStruct::alignsize() | |
| 4358 { unsigned sz; | |
| 4359 | |
| 4360 sym->size(0); // give error for forward references | |
| 4361 sz = sym->alignsize; | |
| 4362 if (sz > sym->structalign) | |
| 4363 sz = sym->structalign; | |
| 4364 return sz; | |
| 4365 } | |
| 4366 | |
| 4367 Dsymbol *TypeStruct::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 4368 { | |
| 4369 return sym; | |
| 4370 } | |
| 4371 | |
| 4372 void TypeStruct::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 4373 { unsigned len; | |
| 4374 char *name; | |
| 4375 | |
| 4376 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 4377 //printf("TypeStruct::toDecoBuffer('%s') = '%s'\n", toChars(), name); | |
| 4378 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 4379 // name += 2; | |
| 4380 //len = strlen(name); | |
| 4381 //buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 4382 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 4383 } | |
| 4384 | |
| 4385 void TypeStruct::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 4386 { | |
| 4387 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 4388 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 4389 return; | |
| 4390 } | |
| 4391 TemplateInstance *ti = sym->parent->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4392 if (ti && ti->toAlias() == sym) | |
| 4393 buf->writestring(ti->toChars()); | |
| 4394 else | |
| 4395 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 4396 } | |
| 4397 | |
| 4398 Expression *TypeStruct::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4399 { unsigned offset; | |
| 4400 | |
| 4401 Expression *b; | |
| 4402 VarDeclaration *v; | |
| 4403 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 4404 DotVarExp *de; | |
| 4405 Declaration *d; | |
| 4406 | |
| 4407 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 4408 printf("TypeStruct::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4409 #endif | |
| 4410 if (!sym->members) | |
| 4411 { | |
| 4412 error(e->loc, "struct %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4413 return new IntegerExp(e->loc, 0, Type::tint32); | |
| 4414 } | |
| 4415 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4416 /* If e.tupleof |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4417 */ |
| 159 | 4418 if (ident == Id::tupleof) |
| 4419 { | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4420 /* Create a TupleExp out of the fields of the struct e: |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4421 * (e.field0, e.field1, e.field2, ...) |
| 159 | 4422 */ |
| 336 | 4423 e = e->semantic(sc); // do this before turning on noaccesscheck |
| 159 | 4424 Expressions *exps = new Expressions; |
| 4425 exps->reserve(sym->fields.dim); | |
| 4426 for (size_t i = 0; i < sym->fields.dim; i++) | |
| 4427 { VarDeclaration *v = (VarDeclaration *)sym->fields.data[i]; | |
| 4428 Expression *fe = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, v); | |
| 4429 exps->push(fe); | |
| 4430 } | |
| 4431 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, exps); | |
| 336 | 4432 sc = sc->push(); |
| 4433 sc->noaccesscheck = 1; | |
| 159 | 4434 e = e->semantic(sc); |
| 336 | 4435 sc->pop(); |
| 159 | 4436 return e; |
| 4437 } | |
| 4438 | |
| 4439 if (e->op == TOKdotexp) | |
| 4440 { DotExp *de = (DotExp *)e; | |
| 4441 | |
| 4442 if (de->e1->op == TOKimport) | |
| 4443 { | |
| 4444 ScopeExp *se = (ScopeExp *)de->e1; | |
| 4445 | |
| 4446 s = se->sds->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4447 e = de->e1; | |
| 4448 goto L1; | |
| 4449 } | |
| 4450 } | |
| 4451 | |
| 4452 s = sym->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4453 L1: | |
| 4454 if (!s) | |
| 4455 { | |
| 4456 //return getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 4457 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4458 } | |
| 336 | 4459 if (!s->isFuncDeclaration()) // because of overloading |
| 4460 s->checkDeprecated(e->loc, sc); | |
| 159 | 4461 s = s->toAlias(); |
| 4462 | |
| 4463 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
|
717
a26b0c5d5942
Merged DMD 1.036.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
715
diff
changeset
|
4464 if (v && v->isConst() && v->type->toBasetype()->ty != Tsarray) |
| 159 | 4465 { ExpInitializer *ei = v->getExpInitializer(); |
| 4466 | |
| 4467 if (ei) | |
| 4468 { e = ei->exp->copy(); // need to copy it if it's a StringExp | |
| 4469 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4470 return e; | |
| 4471 } | |
| 4472 } | |
| 4473 | |
| 4474 if (s->getType()) | |
| 4475 { | |
| 4476 //return new DotTypeExp(e->loc, e, s); | |
| 4477 return new TypeExp(e->loc, s->getType()); | |
| 4478 } | |
| 4479 | |
| 4480 EnumMember *em = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 4481 if (em) | |
| 4482 { | |
| 4483 assert(em->value); | |
| 4484 return em->value->copy(); | |
| 4485 } | |
| 4486 | |
| 4487 TemplateMixin *tm = s->isTemplateMixin(); | |
| 4488 if (tm) | |
| 4489 { Expression *de; | |
| 4490 | |
| 4491 de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, tm)); | |
| 4492 de->type = e->type; | |
| 4493 return de; | |
| 4494 } | |
| 4495 | |
| 4496 TemplateDeclaration *td = s->isTemplateDeclaration(); | |
| 4497 if (td) | |
| 4498 { | |
| 4499 e = new DotTemplateExp(e->loc, e, td); | |
| 4500 e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4501 return e; | |
| 4502 } | |
| 4503 | |
| 4504 TemplateInstance *ti = s->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4505 if (ti) | |
| 4506 { if (!ti->semanticdone) | |
| 4507 ti->semantic(sc); | |
| 4508 s = ti->inst->toAlias(); | |
| 4509 if (!s->isTemplateInstance()) | |
| 4510 goto L1; | |
| 4511 Expression *de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, ti)); | |
| 4512 de->type = e->type; | |
| 4513 return de; | |
| 4514 } | |
| 4515 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4516 Import *timp = s->isImport(); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4517 if (timp) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4518 { |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4519 e = new DsymbolExp(e->loc, s); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4520 e = e->semantic(sc); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4521 return e; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4522 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4523 |
| 159 | 4524 d = s->isDeclaration(); |
| 4525 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 4526 if (!d) | |
| 4527 printf("d = %s '%s'\n", s->kind(), s->toChars()); | |
| 4528 #endif | |
| 4529 assert(d); | |
| 4530 | |
| 4531 if (e->op == TOKtype) | |
| 4532 { FuncDeclaration *fd = sc->func; | |
| 4533 | |
| 4534 if (d->needThis() && fd && fd->vthis) | |
| 4535 { | |
| 4536 e = new DotVarExp(e->loc, new ThisExp(e->loc), d); | |
| 4537 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4538 return e; | |
| 4539 } | |
| 4540 if (d->isTupleDeclaration()) | |
| 4541 { | |
| 4542 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, d->isTupleDeclaration()); | |
| 4543 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4544 return e; | |
| 4545 } | |
| 4546 return new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4547 } | |
| 4548 | |
| 4549 if (d->isDataseg()) | |
| 4550 { | |
| 4551 // (e, d) | |
| 4552 VarExp *ve; | |
| 4553 | |
| 4554 accessCheck(e->loc, sc, e, d); | |
| 4555 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4556 e = new CommaExp(e->loc, e, ve); | |
| 4557 e->type = d->type; | |
| 4558 return e; | |
| 4559 } | |
| 4560 | |
| 4561 if (v) | |
| 4562 { | |
| 4563 if (v->toParent() != sym) | |
| 4564 sym->error(e->loc, "'%s' is not a member", v->toChars()); | |
| 4565 | |
| 4566 // *(&e + offset) | |
| 4567 accessCheck(e->loc, sc, e, d); | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4568 #if 0 |
| 159 | 4569 b = new AddrExp(e->loc, e); |
| 4570 b->type = e->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 4571 b = new AddExp(e->loc, b, new IntegerExp(e->loc, v->offset, Type::tint32)); | |
| 4572 b->type = v->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 4573 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, b); | |
| 4574 e->type = v->type; | |
| 4575 return e; | |
|
585
fbb1a366cfbc
Complex number should now follow the D ABI on x86. They're also treated as first class values now. Big change.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
509
diff
changeset
|
4576 #endif |
| 159 | 4577 } |
| 4578 | |
| 4579 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, d); | |
| 4580 return de->semantic(sc); | |
| 4581 } | |
| 4582 | |
| 4583 unsigned TypeStruct::memalign(unsigned salign) | |
| 4584 { | |
| 4585 sym->size(0); // give error for forward references | |
| 4586 return sym->structalign; | |
| 4587 } | |
| 4588 | |
| 4589 Expression *TypeStruct::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
|
913
29c0d1194033
Fix #198 and #199 by making CTFE on static struct initializers work.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
900
diff
changeset
|
4590 { Declaration *d; |
| 159 | 4591 |
| 4592 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 4593 printf("TypeStruct::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 4594 #endif | |
|
913
29c0d1194033
Fix #198 and #199 by making CTFE on static struct initializers work.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
900
diff
changeset
|
4595 d = new StaticStructInitDeclaration(sym->loc, sym); |
| 159 | 4596 assert(d); |
| 4597 d->type = this; | |
| 4598 return new VarExp(sym->loc, d); | |
| 4599 } | |
| 4600 | |
| 4601 int TypeStruct::isZeroInit() | |
| 4602 { | |
| 4603 return sym->zeroInit; | |
| 4604 } | |
| 4605 | |
| 4606 int TypeStruct::checkBoolean() | |
| 4607 { | |
| 4608 return FALSE; | |
| 4609 } | |
| 4610 | |
| 4611 int TypeStruct::hasPointers() | |
| 4612 { | |
| 4613 StructDeclaration *s = sym; | |
| 4614 | |
| 4615 sym->size(0); // give error for forward references | |
| 4616 if (s->members) | |
| 4617 { | |
| 4618 for (size_t i = 0; i < s->members->dim; i++) | |
| 4619 { | |
| 4620 Dsymbol *sm = (Dsymbol *)s->members->data[i]; | |
| 4621 if (sm->hasPointers()) | |
| 4622 return TRUE; | |
| 4623 } | |
| 4624 } | |
| 4625 return FALSE; | |
| 4626 } | |
| 4627 | |
| 4628 | |
| 4629 /***************************** TypeClass *****************************/ | |
| 4630 | |
| 4631 TypeClass::TypeClass(ClassDeclaration *sym) | |
| 4632 : Type(Tclass, NULL) | |
| 4633 { | |
| 4634 this->sym = sym; | |
| 4635 } | |
| 4636 | |
| 4637 char *TypeClass::toChars() | |
| 4638 { | |
| 4639 return sym->toPrettyChars(); | |
| 4640 } | |
| 4641 | |
| 4642 Type *TypeClass::syntaxCopy() | |
| 4643 { | |
| 4644 return this; | |
| 4645 } | |
| 4646 | |
| 4647 Type *TypeClass::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 4648 { | |
| 4649 //printf("TypeClass::semantic(%s)\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4650 if (sym->scope) | |
| 4651 sym->semantic(sym->scope); | |
| 4652 return merge(); | |
| 4653 } | |
| 4654 | |
| 4655 d_uns64 TypeClass::size(Loc loc) | |
| 4656 { | |
| 4657 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 4658 } | |
| 4659 | |
| 4660 Dsymbol *TypeClass::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 4661 { | |
| 4662 return sym; | |
| 4663 } | |
| 4664 | |
| 4665 void TypeClass::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 4666 { unsigned len; | |
| 4667 char *name; | |
| 4668 | |
| 4669 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 4670 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 4671 // name += 2; | |
| 4672 //printf("TypeClass::toDecoBuffer('%s') = '%s'\n", toChars(), name); | |
| 4673 //len = strlen(name); | |
| 4674 //buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 4675 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 4676 } | |
| 4677 | |
| 4678 void TypeClass::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 4679 { | |
| 4680 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 4681 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 4682 return; | |
| 4683 } | |
| 4684 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 4685 } | |
| 4686 | |
| 4687 Expression *TypeClass::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4688 { unsigned offset; | |
| 4689 | |
| 4690 Expression *b; | |
| 4691 VarDeclaration *v; | |
| 4692 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 4693 DotVarExp *de; | |
| 4694 Declaration *d; | |
| 4695 | |
| 4696 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 4697 printf("TypeClass::dotExp(e='%s', ident='%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4698 #endif | |
| 4699 | |
| 4700 if (e->op == TOKdotexp) | |
| 4701 { DotExp *de = (DotExp *)e; | |
| 4702 | |
| 4703 if (de->e1->op == TOKimport) | |
| 4704 { | |
| 4705 ScopeExp *se = (ScopeExp *)de->e1; | |
| 4706 | |
| 4707 s = se->sds->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4708 e = de->e1; | |
| 4709 goto L1; | |
| 4710 } | |
| 4711 } | |
| 4712 | |
| 4713 if (ident == Id::tupleof) | |
| 4714 { | |
| 4715 /* Create a TupleExp | |
| 4716 */ | |
| 336 | 4717 e = e->semantic(sc); // do this before turning on noaccesscheck |
| 159 | 4718 Expressions *exps = new Expressions; |
| 4719 exps->reserve(sym->fields.dim); | |
| 4720 for (size_t i = 0; i < sym->fields.dim; i++) | |
| 4721 { VarDeclaration *v = (VarDeclaration *)sym->fields.data[i]; | |
| 4722 Expression *fe = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, v); | |
| 4723 exps->push(fe); | |
| 4724 } | |
| 4725 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, exps); | |
| 336 | 4726 sc = sc->push(); |
| 4727 sc->noaccesscheck = 1; | |
| 159 | 4728 e = e->semantic(sc); |
| 336 | 4729 sc->pop(); |
| 159 | 4730 return e; |
| 4731 } | |
| 4732 | |
| 4733 s = sym->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4734 L1: | |
| 4735 if (!s) | |
| 4736 { | |
| 4737 // See if it's a base class | |
| 4738 ClassDeclaration *cbase; | |
| 4739 for (cbase = sym->baseClass; cbase; cbase = cbase->baseClass) | |
| 4740 { | |
| 4741 if (cbase->ident->equals(ident)) | |
| 4742 { | |
| 4743 e = new DotTypeExp(0, e, cbase); | |
| 4744 return e; | |
| 4745 } | |
| 4746 } | |
| 4747 | |
| 4748 if (ident == Id::classinfo) | |
| 4749 { | |
| 4750 Type *t; | |
| 4751 | |
| 4752 assert(ClassDeclaration::classinfo); | |
| 4753 t = ClassDeclaration::classinfo->type; | |
| 4754 if (e->op == TOKtype || e->op == TOKdottype) | |
| 4755 { | |
| 4756 /* For type.classinfo, we know the classinfo | |
| 4757 * at compile time. | |
| 4758 */ | |
| 4759 if (!sym->vclassinfo) | |
| 4760 sym->vclassinfo = new ClassInfoDeclaration(sym); | |
| 4761 e = new VarExp(e->loc, sym->vclassinfo); | |
| 4762 e = e->addressOf(sc); | |
| 4763 e->type = t; // do this so we don't get redundant dereference | |
| 4764 } | |
| 4765 else | |
| 4766 { | |
| 4767 /* For class objects, the classinfo reference is the first | |
| 4768 * entry in the vtbl[] | |
| 4769 */ | |
| 4770 #if IN_LLVM | |
| 4771 | |
| 4772 Type* ct; | |
| 4773 if (sym->isInterfaceDeclaration()) { | |
| 4774 ct = t->pointerTo()->pointerTo()->pointerTo(); | |
| 4775 } | |
| 4776 else { | |
| 4777 ct = t->pointerTo()->pointerTo(); | |
| 4778 } | |
| 4779 | |
| 4780 e = e->castTo(sc, ct); | |
| 4781 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4782 e->type = ct->next; | |
| 4783 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4784 e->type = ct->next->next; | |
| 4785 | |
| 4786 if (sym->isInterfaceDeclaration()) | |
| 4787 { | |
| 4788 if (sym->isCOMinterface()) | |
| 4789 { /* COM interface vtbl[]s are different in that the | |
| 4790 * first entry is always pointer to QueryInterface(). | |
| 4791 * We can't get a .classinfo for it. | |
| 4792 */ | |
| 4793 error(e->loc, "no .classinfo for COM interface objects"); | |
| 4794 } | |
| 4795 /* For an interface, the first entry in the vtbl[] | |
| 4796 * is actually a pointer to an instance of struct Interface. | |
| 4797 * The first member of Interface is the .classinfo, | |
| 4798 * so add an extra pointer indirection. | |
| 4799 */ | |
| 4800 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4801 e->type = ct->next->next->next; | |
| 4802 } | |
| 336 | 4803 } |
| 159 | 4804 |
| 4805 #else | |
| 4806 | |
| 4807 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4808 e->type = t->pointerTo(); | |
| 4809 if (sym->isInterfaceDeclaration()) | |
| 4810 { | |
| 4811 if (sym->isCOMinterface()) | |
| 4812 { /* COM interface vtbl[]s are different in that the | |
| 4813 * first entry is always pointer to QueryInterface(). | |
| 4814 * We can't get a .classinfo for it. | |
| 4815 */ | |
| 4816 error(e->loc, "no .classinfo for COM interface objects"); | |
| 4817 } | |
| 4818 /* For an interface, the first entry in the vtbl[] | |
| 4819 * is actually a pointer to an instance of struct Interface. | |
| 4820 * The first member of Interface is the .classinfo, | |
| 4821 * so add an extra pointer indirection. | |
| 4822 */ | |
| 4823 e->type = e->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 4824 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4825 e->type = t->pointerTo(); | |
| 4826 } | |
| 4827 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e, t); | |
| 336 | 4828 } |
| 4829 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
4830 #endif // !LDC |
| 336 | 4831 |
| 4832 return e; | |
| 4833 } | |
| 4834 | |
| 4835 if (ident == Id::__vptr) | |
| 4836 { /* The pointer to the vtbl[] | |
| 4837 * *cast(void***)e | |
| 4838 */ | |
| 4839 e = e->castTo(sc, tvoidptr->pointerTo()->pointerTo()); | |
| 4840 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4841 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4842 return e; | |
| 4843 } | |
| 4844 | |
| 4845 if (ident == Id::__monitor) | |
| 4846 { /* The handle to the monitor (call it a void*) | |
| 4847 * *(cast(void**)e + 1) | |
| 4848 */ | |
| 4849 e = e->castTo(sc, tvoidptr->pointerTo()); | |
| 4850 e = new AddExp(e->loc, e, new IntegerExp(1)); | |
| 4851 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4852 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 159 | 4853 return e; |
| 4854 } | |
| 4855 | |
| 4856 if (ident == Id::typeinfo) | |
| 4857 { | |
| 4858 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 4859 error(e->loc, ".typeinfo deprecated, use typeid(type)"); | |
| 4860 return getTypeInfo(sc); | |
| 4861 } | |
| 4862 if (ident == Id::outer && sym->vthis) | |
| 4863 { | |
| 4864 s = sym->vthis; | |
| 4865 } | |
| 4866 else | |
| 4867 { | |
| 4868 //return getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 4869 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4870 } | |
| 4871 } | |
| 336 | 4872 if (!s->isFuncDeclaration()) // because of overloading |
| 4873 s->checkDeprecated(e->loc, sc); | |
| 159 | 4874 s = s->toAlias(); |
| 4875 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
|
717
a26b0c5d5942
Merged DMD 1.036.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
715
diff
changeset
|
4876 if (v && v->isConst() && v->type->toBasetype()->ty != Tsarray) |
| 159 | 4877 { ExpInitializer *ei = v->getExpInitializer(); |
| 4878 | |
| 4879 if (ei) | |
| 4880 { e = ei->exp->copy(); // need to copy it if it's a StringExp | |
| 4881 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4882 return e; | |
| 4883 } | |
| 4884 } | |
| 4885 | |
| 4886 if (s->getType()) | |
| 4887 { | |
| 4888 // if (e->op == TOKtype) | |
| 4889 return new TypeExp(e->loc, s->getType()); | |
| 4890 // return new DotTypeExp(e->loc, e, s); | |
| 4891 } | |
| 4892 | |
| 4893 EnumMember *em = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 4894 if (em) | |
| 4895 { | |
| 4896 assert(em->value); | |
| 4897 return em->value->copy(); | |
| 4898 } | |
| 4899 | |
| 4900 TemplateMixin *tm = s->isTemplateMixin(); | |
| 4901 if (tm) | |
| 4902 { Expression *de; | |
| 4903 | |
| 4904 de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, tm)); | |
| 4905 de->type = e->type; | |
| 4906 return de; | |
| 4907 } | |
| 4908 | |
| 4909 TemplateDeclaration *td = s->isTemplateDeclaration(); | |
| 4910 if (td) | |
| 4911 { | |
| 4912 e = new DotTemplateExp(e->loc, e, td); | |
| 4913 e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4914 return e; | |
| 4915 } | |
| 4916 | |
| 4917 TemplateInstance *ti = s->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4918 if (ti) | |
| 4919 { if (!ti->semanticdone) | |
| 4920 ti->semantic(sc); | |
| 4921 s = ti->inst->toAlias(); | |
| 4922 if (!s->isTemplateInstance()) | |
| 4923 goto L1; | |
| 4924 Expression *de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, ti)); | |
| 4925 de->type = e->type; | |
| 4926 return de; | |
| 4927 } | |
| 4928 | |
| 4929 d = s->isDeclaration(); | |
| 4930 if (!d) | |
| 4931 { | |
| 4932 e->error("%s.%s is not a declaration", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4933 return new IntegerExp(e->loc, 1, Type::tint32); | |
| 4934 } | |
| 4935 | |
| 4936 if (e->op == TOKtype) | |
| 4937 { | |
| 4938 VarExp *ve; | |
| 4939 | |
| 4940 if (d->needThis() && (hasThis(sc) || !d->isFuncDeclaration())) | |
| 4941 { | |
| 4942 if (sc->func) | |
| 4943 { | |
| 4944 ClassDeclaration *thiscd; | |
| 4945 thiscd = sc->func->toParent()->isClassDeclaration(); | |
| 4946 | |
| 4947 if (thiscd) | |
| 4948 { | |
| 4949 ClassDeclaration *cd = e->type->isClassHandle(); | |
| 4950 | |
| 4951 if (cd == thiscd) | |
| 4952 { | |
| 4953 e = new ThisExp(e->loc); | |
| 4954 e = new DotTypeExp(e->loc, e, cd); | |
| 4955 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, d); | |
| 4956 e = de->semantic(sc); | |
| 4957 return e; | |
| 4958 } | |
| 4959 else if ((!cd || !cd->isBaseOf(thiscd, NULL)) && | |
| 4960 !d->isFuncDeclaration()) | |
| 4961 e->error("'this' is required, but %s is not a base class of %s", e->type->toChars(), thiscd->toChars()); | |
| 4962 } | |
| 4963 } | |
| 4964 | |
| 4965 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, new ThisExp(e->loc), d); | |
| 4966 e = de->semantic(sc); | |
| 4967 return e; | |
| 4968 } | |
| 4969 else if (d->isTupleDeclaration()) | |
| 4970 { | |
| 4971 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, d->isTupleDeclaration()); | |
| 4972 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4973 return e; | |
| 4974 } | |
| 4975 else | |
| 4976 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4977 return ve; | |
| 4978 } | |
| 4979 | |
| 4980 if (d->isDataseg()) | |
| 4981 { | |
| 4982 // (e, d) | |
| 4983 VarExp *ve; | |
| 4984 | |
| 4985 accessCheck(e->loc, sc, e, d); | |
| 4986 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4987 e = new CommaExp(e->loc, e, ve); | |
| 4988 e->type = d->type; | |
| 4989 return e; | |
| 4990 } | |
| 4991 | |
| 4992 if (d->parent && d->toParent()->isModule()) | |
| 4993 { | |
| 4994 // (e, d) | |
| 4995 VarExp *ve; | |
| 4996 | |
| 4997 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4998 e = new CommaExp(e->loc, e, ve); | |
| 4999 e->type = d->type; | |
| 5000 return e; | |
| 5001 } | |
| 5002 | |
| 5003 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, d); | |
| 5004 return de->semantic(sc); | |
| 5005 } | |
| 5006 | |
| 5007 ClassDeclaration *TypeClass::isClassHandle() | |
| 5008 { | |
| 5009 return sym; | |
| 5010 } | |
| 5011 | |
| 5012 int TypeClass::isauto() | |
| 5013 { | |
| 5014 return sym->isauto; | |
| 5015 } | |
| 5016 | |
| 5017 int TypeClass::isBaseOf(Type *t, int *poffset) | |
| 5018 { | |
| 5019 if (t->ty == Tclass) | |
| 5020 { ClassDeclaration *cd; | |
| 5021 | |
| 5022 cd = ((TypeClass *)t)->sym; | |
| 5023 if (sym->isBaseOf(cd, poffset)) | |
| 5024 return 1; | |
| 5025 } | |
| 5026 return 0; | |
| 5027 } | |
| 5028 | |
| 5029 MATCH TypeClass::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 5030 { | |
| 5031 //printf("TypeClass::implicitConvTo('%s')\n", to->toChars()); | |
| 5032 if (this == to) | |
| 5033 return MATCHexact; | |
| 5034 | |
| 5035 ClassDeclaration *cdto = to->isClassHandle(); | |
| 5036 if (cdto && cdto->isBaseOf(sym, NULL)) | |
| 5037 { //printf("is base\n"); | |
| 5038 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 5039 } | |
| 5040 | |
| 5041 if (global.params.Dversion == 1) | |
| 5042 { | |
| 5043 // Allow conversion to (void *) | |
| 5044 if (to->ty == Tpointer && to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 5045 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 5046 } | |
| 5047 | |
| 5048 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 5049 } | |
| 5050 | |
| 5051 Expression *TypeClass::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 5052 { | |
| 5053 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 5054 printf("TypeClass::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 5055 #endif | |
| 5056 Expression *e; | |
| 5057 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 5058 e->type = this; | |
| 5059 return e; | |
| 5060 } | |
| 5061 | |
| 5062 int TypeClass::isZeroInit() | |
| 5063 { | |
| 5064 return 1; | |
| 5065 } | |
| 5066 | |
| 5067 int TypeClass::checkBoolean() | |
| 5068 { | |
| 5069 return TRUE; | |
| 5070 } | |
| 5071 | |
| 5072 int TypeClass::hasPointers() | |
| 5073 { | |
| 5074 return TRUE; | |
| 5075 } | |
| 5076 | |
| 5077 /***************************** TypeTuple *****************************/ | |
| 5078 | |
| 5079 TypeTuple::TypeTuple(Arguments *arguments) | |
| 5080 : Type(Ttuple, NULL) | |
| 5081 { | |
| 5082 //printf("TypeTuple(this = %p)\n", this); | |
| 5083 this->arguments = arguments; | |
| 5084 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 5085 if (arguments) | |
| 5086 { | |
| 5087 for (size_t i = 0; i < arguments->dim; i++) | |
| 5088 { | |
| 5089 Argument *arg = (Argument *)arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5090 assert(arg && arg->type); | |
| 5091 } | |
| 5092 } | |
| 5093 #endif | |
| 5094 } | |
| 5095 | |
| 5096 /**************** | |
| 5097 * Form TypeTuple from the types of the expressions. | |
| 5098 * Assume exps[] is already tuple expanded. | |
| 5099 */ | |
| 5100 | |
| 5101 TypeTuple::TypeTuple(Expressions *exps) | |
| 5102 : Type(Ttuple, NULL) | |
| 5103 { | |
| 5104 Arguments *arguments = new Arguments; | |
| 5105 if (exps) | |
| 5106 { | |
| 5107 arguments->setDim(exps->dim); | |
| 5108 for (size_t i = 0; i < exps->dim; i++) | |
| 5109 { Expression *e = (Expression *)exps->data[i]; | |
| 5110 if (e->type->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5111 e->error("cannot form tuple of tuples"); | |
| 5112 Argument *arg = new Argument(STCin, e->type, NULL, NULL); | |
| 5113 arguments->data[i] = (void *)arg; | |
| 5114 } | |
| 5115 } | |
| 5116 this->arguments = arguments; | |
| 5117 } | |
| 5118 | |
| 5119 Type *TypeTuple::syntaxCopy() | |
| 5120 { | |
| 5121 Arguments *args = Argument::arraySyntaxCopy(arguments); | |
| 5122 Type *t = new TypeTuple(args); | |
| 5123 return t; | |
| 5124 } | |
| 5125 | |
| 5126 Type *TypeTuple::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 5127 { | |
| 5128 //printf("TypeTuple::semantic(this = %p)\n", this); | |
| 5129 if (!deco) | |
| 5130 deco = merge()->deco; | |
| 5131 | |
| 5132 /* Don't return merge(), because a tuple with one type has the | |
| 5133 * same deco as that type. | |
| 5134 */ | |
| 5135 return this; | |
| 5136 } | |
| 5137 | |
| 5138 int TypeTuple::equals(Object *o) | |
| 5139 { Type *t; | |
| 5140 | |
| 5141 t = (Type *)o; | |
| 5142 //printf("TypeTuple::equals(%s, %s)\n", toChars(), t->toChars()); | |
| 5143 if (this == t) | |
| 5144 { | |
| 5145 return 1; | |
| 5146 } | |
| 5147 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5148 { TypeTuple *tt = (TypeTuple *)t; | |
| 5149 | |
| 5150 if (arguments->dim == tt->arguments->dim) | |
| 5151 { | |
| 5152 for (size_t i = 0; i < tt->arguments->dim; i++) | |
| 5153 { Argument *arg1 = (Argument *)arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5154 Argument *arg2 = (Argument *)tt->arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5155 | |
| 5156 if (!arg1->type->equals(arg2->type)) | |
| 5157 return 0; | |
| 5158 } | |
| 5159 return 1; | |
| 5160 } | |
| 5161 } | |
| 5162 return 0; | |
| 5163 } | |
| 5164 | |
| 5165 Type *TypeTuple::reliesOnTident() | |
| 5166 { | |
| 5167 if (arguments) | |
| 5168 { | |
| 5169 for (size_t i = 0; i < arguments->dim; i++) | |
| 5170 { | |
| 5171 Argument *arg = (Argument *)arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5172 Type *t = arg->type->reliesOnTident(); | |
| 5173 if (t) | |
| 5174 return t; | |
| 5175 } | |
| 5176 } | |
| 5177 return NULL; | |
| 5178 } | |
| 5179 | |
| 5180 void TypeTuple::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 5181 { | |
| 5182 Argument::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, arguments, 0); | |
| 5183 } | |
| 5184 | |
| 5185 void TypeTuple::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 5186 { | |
| 5187 //printf("TypeTuple::toDecoBuffer() this = %p\n", this); | |
| 5188 OutBuffer buf2; | |
| 5189 Argument::argsToDecoBuffer(&buf2, arguments); | |
| 5190 unsigned len = buf2.offset; | |
| 5191 buf->printf("%c%d%.*s", mangleChar[ty], len, len, (char *)buf2.extractData()); | |
| 5192 } | |
| 5193 | |
| 5194 Expression *TypeTuple::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 5195 { Expression *e; | |
| 5196 | |
| 5197 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 5198 printf("TypeTuple::getProperty(type = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 5199 #endif | |
| 5200 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 5201 { | |
| 5202 e = new IntegerExp(loc, arguments->dim, Type::tsize_t); | |
| 5203 } | |
| 5204 else | |
| 5205 { | |
| 5206 error(loc, "no property '%s' for tuple '%s'", ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 5207 e = new IntegerExp(loc, 1, Type::tint32); | |
| 5208 } | |
| 5209 return e; | |
| 5210 } | |
| 5211 | |
| 5212 /***************************** TypeSlice *****************************/ | |
| 5213 | |
| 5214 /* This is so we can slice a TypeTuple */ | |
| 5215 | |
| 5216 TypeSlice::TypeSlice(Type *next, Expression *lwr, Expression *upr) | |
| 5217 : Type(Tslice, next) | |
| 5218 { | |
| 5219 //printf("TypeSlice[%s .. %s]\n", lwr->toChars(), upr->toChars()); | |
| 5220 this->lwr = lwr; | |
| 5221 this->upr = upr; | |
| 5222 } | |
| 5223 | |
| 5224 Type *TypeSlice::syntaxCopy() | |
| 5225 { | |
| 5226 Type *t = new TypeSlice(next->syntaxCopy(), lwr->syntaxCopy(), upr->syntaxCopy()); | |
| 5227 return t; | |
| 5228 } | |
| 5229 | |
| 5230 Type *TypeSlice::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 5231 { | |
| 5232 //printf("TypeSlice::semantic() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 5233 next = next->semantic(loc, sc); | |
| 5234 //printf("next: %s\n", next->toChars()); | |
| 5235 | |
| 5236 Type *tbn = next->toBasetype(); | |
| 5237 if (tbn->ty != Ttuple) | |
| 5238 { error(loc, "can only slice tuple types, not %s", tbn->toChars()); | |
| 5239 return Type::terror; | |
| 5240 } | |
| 5241 TypeTuple *tt = (TypeTuple *)tbn; | |
| 5242 | |
| 5243 lwr = semanticLength(sc, tbn, lwr); | |
| 5244 lwr = lwr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5245 uinteger_t i1 = lwr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5246 | |
| 5247 upr = semanticLength(sc, tbn, upr); | |
| 5248 upr = upr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5249 uinteger_t i2 = upr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5250 | |
| 5251 if (!(i1 <= i2 && i2 <= tt->arguments->dim)) | |
|
305
2b72433d5c8c
[svn r326] Fixed a bunch of issues with printf's that MinGW32 did not support.
lindquist
parents:
285
diff
changeset
|
5252 { error(loc, "slice [%llu..%llu] is out of range of [0..%u]", i1, i2, tt->arguments->dim); |
| 159 | 5253 return Type::terror; |
| 5254 } | |
| 5255 | |
| 5256 Arguments *args = new Arguments; | |
| 5257 args->reserve(i2 - i1); | |
| 5258 for (size_t i = i1; i < i2; i++) | |
| 5259 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)tt->arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5260 args->push(arg); | |
| 5261 } | |
| 5262 | |
| 5263 return new TypeTuple(args); | |
| 5264 } | |
| 5265 | |
| 5266 void TypeSlice::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 5267 { | |
| 5268 next->resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 5269 if (*pe) | |
| 5270 { // It's really a slice expression | |
| 5271 Expression *e; | |
| 5272 e = new SliceExp(loc, *pe, lwr, upr); | |
| 5273 *pe = e; | |
| 5274 } | |
| 5275 else if (*ps) | |
| 5276 { Dsymbol *s = *ps; | |
| 5277 TupleDeclaration *td = s->isTupleDeclaration(); | |
| 5278 if (td) | |
| 5279 { | |
| 5280 /* It's a slice of a TupleDeclaration | |
| 5281 */ | |
| 5282 ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol(td); | |
| 5283 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 5284 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 5285 | |
| 5286 lwr = lwr->semantic(sc); | |
| 5287 lwr = lwr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5288 uinteger_t i1 = lwr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5289 | |
| 5290 upr = upr->semantic(sc); | |
| 5291 upr = upr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5292 uinteger_t i2 = upr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5293 | |
| 5294 sc = sc->pop(); | |
| 5295 | |
| 5296 if (!(i1 <= i2 && i2 <= td->objects->dim)) | |
|
305
2b72433d5c8c
[svn r326] Fixed a bunch of issues with printf's that MinGW32 did not support.
lindquist
parents:
285
diff
changeset
|
5297 { error(loc, "slice [%llu..%llu] is out of range of [0..%u]", i1, i2, td->objects->dim); |
| 159 | 5298 goto Ldefault; |
| 5299 } | |
| 5300 | |
| 5301 if (i1 == 0 && i2 == td->objects->dim) | |
| 5302 { | |
| 5303 *ps = td; | |
| 5304 return; | |
| 5305 } | |
| 5306 | |
| 5307 /* Create a new TupleDeclaration which | |
| 5308 * is a slice [i1..i2] out of the old one. | |
| 5309 */ | |
| 5310 Objects *objects = new Objects; | |
| 5311 objects->setDim(i2 - i1); | |
| 5312 for (size_t i = 0; i < objects->dim; i++) | |
| 5313 { | |
| 5314 objects->data[i] = td->objects->data[(size_t)i1 + i]; | |
| 5315 } | |
| 5316 | |
| 5317 TupleDeclaration *tds = new TupleDeclaration(loc, td->ident, objects); | |
| 5318 *ps = tds; | |
| 5319 } | |
| 5320 else | |
| 5321 goto Ldefault; | |
| 5322 } | |
| 5323 else | |
| 5324 { | |
| 5325 Ldefault: | |
| 5326 Type::resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 5327 } | |
| 5328 } | |
| 5329 | |
| 5330 void TypeSlice::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 5331 { | |
| 5332 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 5333 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 5334 return; | |
| 5335 } | |
| 5336 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 5337 | |
| 5338 buf->printf("[%s .. ", lwr->toChars()); | |
| 5339 buf->printf("%s]", upr->toChars()); | |
| 5340 } | |
| 5341 | |
| 5342 /***************************** Argument *****************************/ | |
| 5343 | |
| 5344 Argument::Argument(unsigned storageClass, Type *type, Identifier *ident, Expression *defaultArg) | |
| 5345 { | |
| 5346 this->type = type; | |
| 5347 this->ident = ident; | |
| 5348 this->storageClass = storageClass; | |
| 5349 this->defaultArg = defaultArg; | |
|
445
cc40db549aea
Changed the handling of variadic intrinsics a bit.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
389
diff
changeset
|
5350 this->llvmAttrs = 0; |
| 159 | 5351 } |
| 5352 | |
| 5353 Argument *Argument::syntaxCopy() | |
| 5354 { | |
| 5355 Argument *a = new Argument(storageClass, | |
| 5356 type ? type->syntaxCopy() : NULL, | |
| 5357 ident, | |
| 5358 defaultArg ? defaultArg->syntaxCopy() : NULL); | |
|
445
cc40db549aea
Changed the handling of variadic intrinsics a bit.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
389
diff
changeset
|
5359 a->llvmAttrs = llvmAttrs; |
| 159 | 5360 return a; |
| 5361 } | |
| 5362 | |
| 5363 Arguments *Argument::arraySyntaxCopy(Arguments *args) | |
| 5364 { Arguments *a = NULL; | |
| 5365 | |
| 5366 if (args) | |
| 5367 { | |
| 5368 a = new Arguments(); | |
| 5369 a->setDim(args->dim); | |
| 5370 for (size_t i = 0; i < a->dim; i++) | |
| 5371 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)args->data[i]; | |
| 5372 | |
| 5373 arg = arg->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 5374 a->data[i] = (void *)arg; | |
| 5375 } | |
| 5376 } | |
| 5377 return a; | |
| 5378 } | |
| 5379 | |
| 5380 char *Argument::argsTypesToChars(Arguments *args, int varargs) | |
| 5381 { OutBuffer *buf; | |
| 5382 | |
| 5383 buf = new OutBuffer(); | |
| 5384 | |
| 5385 buf->writeByte('('); | |
| 5386 if (args) | |
| 5387 { int i; | |
| 5388 OutBuffer argbuf; | |
| 5389 HdrGenState hgs; | |
| 5390 | |
| 5391 for (i = 0; i < args->dim; i++) | |
| 5392 { Argument *arg; | |
| 5393 | |
| 5394 if (i) | |
| 5395 buf->writeByte(','); | |
| 5396 arg = (Argument *)args->data[i]; | |
| 5397 argbuf.reset(); | |
| 5398 arg->type->toCBuffer2(&argbuf, &hgs, 0); | |
| 5399 buf->write(&argbuf); | |
| 5400 } | |
| 5401 if (varargs) | |
| 5402 { | |
| 5403 if (i && varargs == 1) | |
| 5404 buf->writeByte(','); | |
| 5405 buf->writestring("..."); | |
| 5406 } | |
| 5407 } | |
| 5408 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 5409 | |
| 5410 return buf->toChars(); | |
| 5411 } | |
| 5412 | |
| 5413 void Argument::argsToCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, Arguments *arguments, int varargs) | |
| 5414 { | |
| 5415 buf->writeByte('('); | |
| 5416 if (arguments) | |
| 5417 { int i; | |
| 5418 OutBuffer argbuf; | |
| 5419 | |
| 5420 for (i = 0; i < arguments->dim; i++) | |
| 5421 { Argument *arg; | |
| 5422 | |
| 5423 if (i) | |
| 5424 buf->writestring(", "); | |
| 5425 arg = (Argument *)arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5426 if (arg->storageClass & STCout) | |
| 5427 buf->writestring("out "); | |
| 5428 else if (arg->storageClass & STCref) | |
| 5429 buf->writestring((global.params.Dversion == 1) | |
| 5430 ? (char *)"inout " : (char *)"ref "); | |
| 5431 else if (arg->storageClass & STClazy) | |
| 5432 buf->writestring("lazy "); | |
| 5433 argbuf.reset(); | |
| 5434 arg->type->toCBuffer(&argbuf, arg->ident, hgs); | |
| 5435 if (arg->defaultArg) | |
| 5436 { | |
| 5437 argbuf.writestring(" = "); | |
| 5438 arg->defaultArg->toCBuffer(&argbuf, hgs); | |
| 5439 } | |
| 5440 buf->write(&argbuf); | |
| 5441 } | |
| 5442 if (varargs) | |
| 5443 { | |
| 5444 if (i && varargs == 1) | |
| 5445 buf->writeByte(','); | |
| 5446 buf->writestring("..."); | |
| 5447 } | |
| 5448 } | |
| 5449 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 5450 } | |
| 5451 | |
| 5452 | |
| 5453 void Argument::argsToDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, Arguments *arguments) | |
| 5454 { | |
| 5455 //printf("Argument::argsToDecoBuffer()\n"); | |
| 5456 | |
| 5457 // Write argument types | |
| 5458 if (arguments) | |
| 5459 { | |
| 5460 size_t dim = Argument::dim(arguments); | |
| 5461 for (size_t i = 0; i < dim; i++) | |
| 5462 { | |
| 5463 Argument *arg = Argument::getNth(arguments, i); | |
| 5464 arg->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 5465 } | |
| 5466 } | |
| 5467 } | |
| 5468 | |
| 5469 /**************************************************** | |
| 5470 * Determine if parameter is a lazy array of delegates. | |
| 5471 * If so, return the return type of those delegates. | |
| 5472 * If not, return NULL. | |
| 5473 */ | |
| 5474 | |
| 5475 Type *Argument::isLazyArray() | |
| 5476 { | |
| 5477 // if (inout == Lazy) | |
| 5478 { | |
| 5479 Type *tb = type->toBasetype(); | |
| 5480 if (tb->ty == Tsarray || tb->ty == Tarray) | |
| 5481 { | |
| 5482 Type *tel = tb->next->toBasetype(); | |
| 5483 if (tel->ty == Tdelegate) | |
| 5484 { | |
| 5485 TypeDelegate *td = (TypeDelegate *)tel; | |
| 5486 TypeFunction *tf = (TypeFunction *)td->next; | |
| 5487 | |
| 5488 if (!tf->varargs && Argument::dim(tf->parameters) == 0) | |
| 5489 { | |
| 5490 return tf->next; // return type of delegate | |
| 5491 } | |
| 5492 } | |
| 5493 } | |
| 5494 } | |
| 5495 return NULL; | |
| 5496 } | |
| 5497 | |
| 5498 void Argument::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf) | |
| 5499 { | |
| 5500 switch (storageClass & (STCin | STCout | STCref | STClazy)) | |
| 5501 { case 0: | |
| 5502 case STCin: | |
| 5503 break; | |
| 5504 case STCout: | |
| 5505 buf->writeByte('J'); | |
| 5506 break; | |
| 5507 case STCref: | |
| 5508 buf->writeByte('K'); | |
| 5509 break; | |
| 5510 case STClazy: | |
| 5511 buf->writeByte('L'); | |
| 5512 break; | |
| 5513 default: | |
| 5514 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 5515 halt(); | |
| 5516 #endif | |
| 5517 assert(0); | |
| 5518 } | |
| 5519 type->toDecoBuffer(buf); | |
| 5520 } | |
| 5521 | |
| 5522 /*************************************** | |
| 5523 * Determine number of arguments, folding in tuples. | |
| 5524 */ | |
| 5525 | |
| 5526 size_t Argument::dim(Arguments *args) | |
| 5527 { | |
| 5528 size_t n = 0; | |
| 5529 if (args) | |
| 5530 { | |
| 5531 for (size_t i = 0; i < args->dim; i++) | |
| 5532 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)args->data[i]; | |
| 5533 Type *t = arg->type->toBasetype(); | |
| 5534 | |
| 5535 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5536 { TypeTuple *tu = (TypeTuple *)t; | |
| 5537 n += dim(tu->arguments); | |
| 5538 } | |
| 5539 else | |
| 5540 n++; | |
| 5541 } | |
| 5542 } | |
| 5543 return n; | |
| 5544 } | |
| 5545 | |
| 5546 /*************************************** | |
| 5547 * Get nth Argument, folding in tuples. | |
| 5548 * Returns: | |
| 5549 * Argument* nth Argument | |
| 5550 * NULL not found, *pn gets incremented by the number | |
| 5551 * of Arguments | |
| 5552 */ | |
| 5553 | |
| 5554 Argument *Argument::getNth(Arguments *args, size_t nth, size_t *pn) | |
| 5555 { | |
| 5556 if (!args) | |
| 5557 return NULL; | |
| 5558 | |
| 5559 size_t n = 0; | |
| 5560 for (size_t i = 0; i < args->dim; i++) | |
| 5561 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)args->data[i]; | |
| 5562 Type *t = arg->type->toBasetype(); | |
| 5563 | |
| 5564 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5565 { TypeTuple *tu = (TypeTuple *)t; | |
| 5566 arg = getNth(tu->arguments, nth - n, &n); | |
| 5567 if (arg) | |
| 5568 return arg; | |
| 5569 } | |
| 5570 else if (n == nth) | |
| 5571 return arg; | |
| 5572 else | |
| 5573 n++; | |
| 5574 } | |
| 5575 | |
| 5576 if (pn) | |
| 5577 *pn += n; | |
| 5578 return NULL; | |
| 5579 } |